Annual Statements Open main menu

Dime Community Bancshares, Inc. /NY/ - Annual Report: 2013 (Form 10-K)

Table of Contents

 

 

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549


 

FORM 10-K

 

x

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE

 

 

 

SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013

 

Commission File No. 001-34096

 

 


 

BRIDGE BANCORP, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

  NEW YORK  

 

 11-2934195 

(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

 

(IRS Employer Identification Number)

 

 2200 MONTAUK HIGHWAY, BRIDGEHAMPTON, NEW YORK 

 

   11932   

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

(Zip Code)

 

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (631) 537-1000

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12 (b) of the Act:

 

Title of each class

Name of each exchange on which registered

Common Stock, Par Value of $0.01 Per Share

The Nasdaq Stock Market, LLC

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12 (g) of the Act:

 

(Title of Class)
None

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.
Yes
o  No x

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.
Yes
o  No x

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes x  No o

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes x  No o

 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405) of this chapter is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. x

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer o   Accelerated filer x   Non-accelerated filer o   Smaller reporting company o

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes o  No x

 

The approximate aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the Registrant, based upon the closing price of the Common Stock on June 30, 2013, was $194,127,548.

 

The number of shares of the Registrant’s common stock outstanding on March 12, 2014 was 11,622,150.

 

Portions of the following documents are incorporated into the Parts of this Report on Form 10-K indicated below:

 

The Registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement for the 2014 Annual Meeting to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A on or before April 30, 2014 (Part III).

 

 


Table of Contents

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

PART I

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 1

Business

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 1A

Risk Factors

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 1B

Unresolved Staff Comments

 

12

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 2

Properties

 

12

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 3

Legal Proceedings

 

12

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 4

Mine Safety Disclosures

 

12

 

 

 

 

 

PART II

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 5

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

 

12

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 6

Selected Financial Data

 

15

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 7

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 

16

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 7A

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

 

34

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 8

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

 

36

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 9

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

 

82

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 9A

Controls and Procedures

 

82

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 9B

Other Information

 

82

 

 

 

 

 

PART III

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 10

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

 

82

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 11

Executive Compensation

 

82

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 12

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

 

83

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 13

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

 

83

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 14

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

 

83

 

 

 

 

 

PART IV

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 15

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

 

83

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNATURES

 

 

84

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

85

 

 


Table of Contents

 

 

PART I

 

Item 1. Business

 

Bridge Bancorp, Inc. (the “Registrant” or “Company”) is a registered bank holding company for The Bridgehampton National Bank (the “Bank”). The Bank was established in 1910 as a national banking association and is headquartered in Bridgehampton, New York. The Registrant was incorporated under the laws of the State of New York in 1988, at the direction of the Board of Directors of the Bank for the purpose of becoming a bank holding company pursuant to a plan of reorganization under which the former shareholders of the Bank became the shareholders of the Company. Since commencing business in March 1989, after the reorganization, the Registrant has functioned primarily as the holder of all of the Bank’s common stock. In May 1999, the Bank established a real estate investment trust subsidiary, Bridgehampton Community, Inc. (“BCI”), as an operating subsidiary. The assets transferred to BCI are viewed by the bank regulators as part of the Bank’s assets in consolidation. The operations of the Bank also include Bridge Abstract LLC (“Bridge Abstract”), a wholly owned subsidiary of the Bank, which is a broker of title insurance services. In October 2009, the Company formed Bridge Statutory Capital Trust II (the “Trust”) as a subsidiary, which sold $16.0 million of 8.5% cumulative convertible Trust Preferred Securities (the “Trust Preferred Securities”) in a private placement to accredited investors.

 

The Bank operates twenty three branches on eastern Long Island. Federally chartered in 1910, the Bank was founded by local farmers and merchants. For a century, the Bank has maintained its focus on building customer relationships in this market area. The mission of the Company is to grow through the provision of exceptional service to its customers, its employees, and the community. The Company strives to achieve excellence in financial performance and build long term shareholder value. The Bank engages in full service commercial and consumer banking business, including accepting time, savings and demand deposits from the consumers, businesses and local municipalities surrounding its branch offices. These deposits, together with funds generated from operations and borrowings, are invested primarily in: (1) commercial real estate loans; (2) home equity loans; (3) construction loans; (4) residential mortgage loans; (5) secured and unsecured commercial and consumer loans; (6) FHLB, FNMA, GNMA and FHLMC  and non agency mortgage-backed securities, collateralized mortgage obligations and other asset backed securities; (7) New York State and local municipal obligations; and (8) U.S government sponsored entity (“U.S. GSE”) securities. The Bank also offers the CDARS program, providing multi-millions of FDIC insurance on CD deposits to its customers. In addition, the Bank offers merchant credit and debit card processing, automated teller machines, cash management services, lockbox processing, online banking services, remote deposit capture, safe deposit boxes, individual retirement accounts and investment services through Bridge Investment Services, offering a full range of investment products and services through a third party broker dealer. Through its title insurance abstract subsidiary, the Bank acts as a broker for title insurance services. The Bank’s customer base is comprised principally of small businesses, municipal relationships and consumer relationships.

 

The Bank employs 271 people on a full-time and part-time basis. The Bank provides a variety of employment benefits and considers its relationship with its employees to be positive. In addition, the Company maintains equity incentive plans under which it may issue shares of common stock of the Company.

 

All phases of the Bank’s business are highly competitive. The Bank faces direct competition from a significant number of financial institutions operating in its market area, many with a statewide or regional presence, and in some cases, a national presence. There is also competition for banking business from competitors outside of its market areas. Most of these competitors are significantly larger than the Bank, and therefore have greater financial and marketing resources and lending limits than those of the Bank. The fixed cost of regulatory compliance remains high for community banks as compared to their larger competitors that are able to achieve economies of scale. The Bank considers its major competition to be local commercial banks as well as other commercial banks with branches in the Bank’s market area. Other competitors include savings banks, credit unions, mortgage brokers and financial services firms other than financial institutions such as investment and insurance companies. Increased competition within the Bank’s market areas may limit growth and profitability.  Additionally, as the Bank’s market area expands westward, competitive pressure in new markets is expected to be strong. The title insurance abstract subsidiary also faces competition from other title insurance brokers as well as directly from the companies that underwrite title insurance. In New York State, title insurance is obtained on most transfers of real estate and mortgage transactions.

 

The Bank’s principal market area is located in Suffolk County, New York. Suffolk County is located on the eastern portion of Long Island and has a population of approximately 1.5 million. Eastern Long Island is semi-rural. Surrounded by water and including the Hamptons and North Fork, the region is a recreational destination for the New York metropolitan area, and a highly regarded resort locale world-wide. While the local economy flourishes in the summer months as a result of the influx of tourists and second homeowners, the year-round population has grown considerably in recent years, resulting in a reduction of the seasonal fluctuations in the economy. Industries represented in the marketplace include retail establishments; construction and trades; restaurants and bars; lodging and recreation; professional entities; real estate; health services; passenger transportation; and agricultural and related businesses. During the last decade, the Long Island wine industry has grown with an increasing number of new wineries and vineyards locating in the region each year. The vast majority of businesses are considered small businesses employing fewer than ten full-time employees. In recent years, more national chains have opened retail stores within the villages on the north and south forks of the island. Major employers in the region include the municipalities, school districts, hospitals, and financial institutions.

 

 

Page -1-


Table of Contents

 

 

 

The Company, the Bank and its subsidiaries, with the exception of the real estate investment trust which files its own federal and state income tax returns, report their income on a consolidated basis using the accrual method of accounting and are subject to federal and state income taxation. In general, banks are subject to federal income tax in the same manner as other corporations. However, gains and losses realized by banks from the sale of available for sale securities are generally treated as ordinary income, rather than capital gains or losses. The Bank is subject to the New York State Franchise Tax on Banking Corporations based on certain criteria. The taxation of net income is similar to federal taxable income subject to certain modifications.

 

DeNovo Branch Expansion

Since 2008, the Bank has opened nine new branches including four since 2012. In June 2012, the Bank opened a new branch in Ronkonkoma, New York. This location’s proximity to MacArthur Airport complements the Patchogue branch and extends the Bank’s reach into the Bohemia market. In late December 2012, the Bank opened a new branch and administrative offices in Hauppauge, New York. In March 2013, the Bank opened a new branch located in Rocky Point and in May 2013 opened a new branch on Shelter Island.  The recent branch openings demonstrate the Bank’s commitment to traditional growth through branch expansion and move the Bank geographically westward.

 

Mergers and Acquisitions

Hamptons State Bank

In May 2011, the Bank acquired Hamptons State Bank (“HSB”) which increased the Bank’s presence in an existing market with a branch located in the Village of Southampton. In July 2011, the Bank converted the former HSB customers to its core operating system. Management spent considerable time ensuring the transition progressed smoothly for HSB’s former customers and shareholders and demonstrated its ability to successfully integrate the former HSB customers and achieve expected cost savings while continuing to execute its business strategy.

 

FNBNY

On September 27, 2013, the Company entered into a definitive agreement to acquire FNBNY Bancorp and its wholly owned subsidiary, the First National Bank of New York (collectively “FNBNY”). On February 14, 2014, the Company acquired FNBNY at a purchase price of $6.1 million and issued an aggregate of 240,598 Bridge Bancorp shares in exchange for all the issued and outstanding stock of FNBNY. The purchase price is subject to certain post-closing adjustments equal to 60 percent of the net recoveries of principal on $6.3 million of certain identified problem loans over a two-year period after the acquisition.  As of February 14, 2014, FNBNY had total assets of $218 million, including $105 million in loans, funded by deposits of $169 million with three full-service branches, including the Company’s first two branches in Nassau County located in Merrick and Massapequa, and one in western Suffolk County located in Melville.

 

Management will continue to seek opportunities to expand its reach into other contiguous markets by network expansion, or through the addition of professionals with established customer relationships.

 

The Bank routinely adds to its menu of products and services, continually meeting the needs of consumers and businesses. We believe positive outcomes in the future will result from the expansion of our geographic footprint, investments in infrastructure and technology and continued focus on placing our customers first.

 

REGULATION AND SUPERVISION

 

The Bridgehampton National Bank

 

The Bank is a national bank organized under the laws of the United States of America. The lending, investment, and other business operations of the Bank are governed by federal law and regulations and the Bank is prohibited from engaging in any operations not specifically authorized by such laws and regulations. The Bank is subject to extensive regulation by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (“OCC”) and to a lesser extent by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”), as its deposit insurer as well as by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. The Bank’s deposit accounts are insured up to applicable limits by the FDIC under its Deposit Insurance Fund (“DIF”). A summary of the primary laws and regulations that govern the operations of the Bank are set forth below.

 

The 2010 Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) made extensive changes in the regulation of insured depository institutions. Among other things, the Dodd-Frank Act created a new Consumer Financial Protection Bureau as an independent bureau of the Federal Reserve Board. The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau assumed responsibility for the implementation of the federal financial consumer protection and fair lending laws and regulations, a function previously assigned to prudential regulators, and has authority to impose new requirements. However, institutions of less than $10 billion in assets, such as the Bank, will continue to be examined for compliance with consumer protection and fair lending laws and regulations by, and be subject to the primary enforcement authority of their prudential regulator rather than the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau.

 

In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act directed changes in the way that institutions are assessed for deposit insurance, mandated the revision of regulatory capital requirements, required regulations requiring originators of certain securitized loans to retain a percentage of the

 

 

Page -2-


Table of Contents

 

 

 

risk for the transferred loans, stipulated regulatory rate-setting for certain debit card interchange fees, repealed restrictions on the payment of interest on commercial demand deposits and contained a number of reforms related to mortgage originations.

 

The Dodd-Frank Act contained the so-called “Volcker Rule,” which generally prohibits banking organizations from engaging in proprietary trading and from investing in, sponsoring or having certain relationships with hedge or private equity funds (“covered funds”).  On December 13, 2013, federal agencies issued a final rule implementing the Volcker Rule which, among other things, requires banking organizations to restructure and limit certain of their investments in and relationships with covered funds.  The final rule unexpectedly included within the interests subject to its restrictions collateralized debt obligations backed by trust-preferred securities (“TRUPs CDOs”).  Many banking organizations had purchased such instruments because of their favorable tax, accounting and regulatory treatment and would have been subject to unexpected write-downs.  In response to concerns expressed by community banking organizations, the federal agencies subsequently issued an interim final rule which grandfathers TRUPS CDOs issued before May 19, 2010 if (i) acquired by a banking organization on or before December 10, 2013 and (ii) the organization reasonably believed the proceeds from the TRUPS CDOs were invested primarily in any trust preferred security or subordinated debt instrument issued by a depository institution holding company with less than $15 billion in assets or by a mutual holding company.

 

In addition, the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau has finalized the rule implementing the “Ability to Pay” requirements of the Dodd-Frank Act.  The regulations generally require creditors to make a reasonable, good faith determination as to a borrower’s ability to repay most residential mortgage loans.  The final rule establishes a safe harbor for certain “Qualified Mortgages,” which contain certain features deemed less risky and omit certain other characteristics considered to enhance risk.  The Ability to Repay final rules were effective January 10, 2014.

 

Many of the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act are subject to delayed effective dates and/or require the issuance of implementing regulations. The regulatory process is ongoing and the impact on operations cannot yet be fully assessed. However, there is a significant possibility that the Dodd-Frank Act will, at a minimum, result in increased regulatory burden, compliance costs and interest expense for the Company and the Bank.

 

Loans and Investments

 

There are no restrictions on the type of loans a national bank can originate and/or purchase. However, OCC regulations govern the Bank’s investment authority. Generally, a national bank is prohibited from investing in corporate equity securities for its own account. Under OCC regulations, a national bank may invest in investment securities, which is generally defined as securities in the form of a note, bond or debenture. The OCC classifies investment securities into five different types and, depending on its type, a national bank may have the authority to deal in and underwrite the security. The OCC has also permitted national banks to purchase certain noninvestment grade securities that can be reclassified and underwritten as loans.

 

Lending Standards

 

The federal banking agencies adopted uniform regulations prescribing standards for extensions of credit that are secured by liens on interests in real estate or made for the purpose of financing the construction of a building or other improvements to real estate. Under these regulations, all insured depository institutions, such as the Bank, must adopt and maintain written policies that establish appropriate limits and standards for extensions of credit that are secured by liens or interests in real estate or are made for the purpose of financing permanent improvements to real estate. These policies must establish loan portfolio diversification standards, prudent underwriting standards (including loan-to-value limits) that are clear and measurable, loan administration procedures, and documentation, approval and reporting requirements. The real estate lending policies must reflect consideration of the Interagency Guidelines for Real Estate Lending Policies that have been adopted by the federal bank regulators.

 

Federal Deposit Insurance

 

The Bank is a member of the DIF, which is administered by the FDIC. Deposit accounts at the Bank are insured by the FDIC. On July 21, 2010, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act permanently raised the deposit insurance available on all deposit accounts to $250,000.

 

Under the FDIC’s risk-based assessment system, insured institutions are assigned to one of four risk categories based on supervisory evaluations, regulatory capital levels and certain other factors, with less risky institutions paying lower assessments. An institution’s rate depends upon the category to which it is assigned, and certain adjustments specified by FDIC regulations. Institutions deemed less risky pay lower rates. The Dodd-Frank Act required the FDIC to revise its procedures to base its assessments upon each insured institution’s total assets less tangible equity instead of deposits. The FDIC finalized a rule, effective April 1, 2011, that set the assessment range at 2.5 to 45 basis points of total assets less tangible equity. The FDIC may adjust the scale uniformly, except that no adjustment can deviate more than two basis points from the base scale without notice and comment.  No institution may pay a dividend if in default of the federal deposit insurance assessment.

 

 

Page -3-


Table of Contents

 

 

 

Insurance of deposits may be terminated by the FDIC upon a finding that an institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order or condition imposed by the FDIC. We do not know of any practice, condition or violation that might lead to termination of deposit insurance.

 

In addition to the FDIC assessments, the Financing Corporation (FICO) is authorized to impose and collect, with the approval of the FDIC, assessments for anticipated payments, issuance costs and custodial fees on bonds issued by the FICO in the 1980s to recapitalize the former Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation. The bonds issued by the FICO are due to mature in 2017 through 2019. For the quarter ended December 31, 2013, the annualized FICO assessment was equal to 0.62 basis points of average consolidated total assets less average tangible equity.

 

Capitalization

 

Under OCC regulations, all national banks are required to comply with minimum capital requirements. For an institution determined by the OCC to not be anticipating or experiencing significant growth and to be, in general, a strong banking organization, rated composite 1 under the Uniform Financial Institutions Ranking System established by the Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council, the minimum capital leverage requirement is a ratio of Tier I capital to total assets of 3%. For all other institutions, the minimum leverage capital ratio is not less than 4%. Tier I capital is the sum of common shareholders’ equity, non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock (including any related surplus) and minority investments in certain subsidiaries, less intangible assets (except for certain servicing rights and credit card relationships) and certain other specified items.

 

The OCC regulations require national banks to maintain certain levels of regulatory capital in relation to regulatory risk-weighted assets. The ratio of regulatory capital to regulatory risk-weighted assets is referred to as a bank’s “risk-based capital ratio.” Risk-based capital ratios are determined by allocating assets and specified off-balance sheet items (including recourse obligations, direct credit substitutes and residual interests) to four risk-weighted categories ranging from 0% to 200%, with higher levels of capital being required for the categories perceived as representing greater risk. For example, under the OCC’s risk-weighting system, cash and securities backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government are given a 0% risk weight, loans secured by one-to-four family residential properties generally have a 50% risk weight, and commercial loans have a risk weighting of 100%.

 

National banks, such as the Bank, must maintain a minimum ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 8%, of which at least one-half must be Tier I capital. Total capital consists of Tier I capital plus Tier 2 or supplementary capital items, which include allowances for loan losses in an amount of up to 1.25% of risk-weighted assets, cumulative preferred stock and certain other capital instruments, and a portion of the net unrealized gain on equity securities. The includable amount of Tier 2 capital cannot exceed the amount of the institution’s Tier I capital. Banks that engage in specified levels of trading activities are subject to adjustments in their risk based capital calculation to ensure the maintenance of sufficient capital to support market risk.

 

The OCC, along with the other federal banking agencies, has adopted a regulation providing that the agencies will take into account the exposure of a bank’s capital and economic value to changes in interest rate risk in assessing a bank’s capital adequacy. The OCC also has authority to establish individual minimum capital requirements in appropriate cases upon a determination that an institution’s capital level is, or is likely to become, inadequate in light of the particular circumstances.

 

In July 2013, the OCC and the other federal bank regulatory agencies issued a final rule that will revise their leverage and risk-based capital requirements and the method for calculating risk-weighted assets to make them consistent with agreements that were reached by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision and certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act.  Among other things, the rule establishes a new common equity Tier 1 minimum capital requirement (4.5% of risk-weighted assets), sets the leverage ratio at a uniform 4% of total assets, increases the minimum Tier 1 capital to risk-based assets requirement (from 4% to 6% of risk-weighted assets) and assigns a higher risk weight (150%) to exposures that are more than 90 days past due or are on nonaccrual status and to certain commercial real estate facilities that finance the acquisition, development or construction of real property.  The final rule also requires unrealized gains and losses on certain “available-for-sale” securities holdings to be included for purposes of calculating regulatory capital requirements unless a one-time opt-out is exercised.  The rule limits a banking organization’s capital distributions and certain discretionary bonus payments to executive officers if the banking organization does not hold a “capital conservation buffer” consisting of 2.5% of common equity Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets in addition to the amount necessary to meet its minimum risk-based capital requirements.  The final rule is effective January 1, 2015.  The “capital conservation buffer” will be phased in from January 1, 2016 to January 1, 2019, when the full capital conservation buffer will be effective.

 

Safety and Soundness Standards

 

Each federal banking agency, including the OCC, has adopted guidelines establishing general standards relating to internal controls, information and internal audit systems, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate exposure, asset growth, asset quality, earnings and compensation, fees and benefits. In general, the guidelines require, among other things, appropriate systems and practices to identify and manage the risks and exposures specified in the guidelines. The guidelines prohibit excessive compensation as an unsafe and unsound practice and describe compensation as excessive when the amounts paid are unreasonable or disproportionate to the services performed by an executive officer, employee, director, or principal shareholder.

 

 

 

Page -4-


Table of Contents

 

 

 

On February 7, 2011, the FDIC approved a rulemaking to implement Section 956 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act that prohibits incentive-based compensation that encourages inappropriate risk taking.

 

Prompt Corrective Regulatory Action

 

Federal law requires, among other things, that federal bank regulatory authorities take “prompt corrective action” with respect to institutions that do not meet minimum capital requirements. For these purposes, the statute establishes five capital tiers: well capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized, and critically undercapitalized.

 

The OCC may order national banks which have insufficient capital to take corrective actions. For example, a bank which is categorized as “undercapitalized” would be subject to growth limitations and would be required to submit a capital restoration plan, and a holding company that controls such a bank would be required to guarantee that the bank complies with the restoration plan. A “significantly undercapitalized” bank would be subject to additional restrictions. National banks deemed by the OCC to be “critically undercapitalized” would be subject to the appointment of a receiver or conservator.

 

The recent final rule that will increase regulatory capital standards will adjust the prompt corrective action tiers as of January 1, 2015 to account for the changes.

 

Dividends

 

Under federal law and applicable regulations, a national bank may generally declare a dividend, without approval from the OCC, in an amount equal to its year-to-date net income plus the prior two years’ net income that is still available for dividend.

 

Transactions with Affiliates and Insiders

 

Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act govern transactions between a national bank and its affiliates, which includes the Company. The Federal Reserve Board has adopted Regulation W, which comprehensively implements and interprets Sections 23A and 23B, in part by codifying prior Federal Reserve Board interpretations under Sections 23A and 23B.

 

An affiliate of a bank is any company or entity that controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the bank. A subsidiary of a bank that is not also a depository institution or a “financial subsidiary” under federal law is not treated as an affiliate of the bank for the purposes of Sections 23A and 23B; however, the OCC has the discretion to treat subsidiaries of a bank as affiliates on a case-by-case basis. Sections 23A and 23B limit the extent to which a bank or its subsidiaries may engage in “covered transactions” with any one affiliate to an amount equal to 10% of such bank’s capital stock and surplus, and limit all such transactions with all affiliates to an amount equal to 20% of such capital stock and surplus. The statutory sections also require that all such transactions be on terms that are consistent with safe and sound banking practices. The term “covered transaction” includes the making of loans, purchase of assets, issuance of guarantees and other similar types of transactions. Further, most loans by a bank to any of its affiliates must be secured by collateral in amounts ranging from 100 to 130 percent of the loan amounts. In addition, any covered transaction by an association with an affiliate and any purchase of assets or services by an association from an affiliate must be on terms that are substantially the same, or at least as favorable, to the bank as those that would be provided to a non-affiliate.

 

A bank’s loans to its executive officers, directors, any owner of more than 10% of its stock (each, an insider) and any of certain entities affiliated with any such person (an insider’s related interest) are subject to the conditions and limitations imposed by Section 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act and the FRB’s Regulation O thereunder. Under these restrictions, the aggregate amount of the loans to any insider and the insider’s related interests may not exceed the loans-to-one-borrower limit applicable to national banks. All loans by a bank to all insiders and insiders’ related interests in the aggregate may not exceed the bank’s unimpaired capital and unimpaired surplus. With certain exceptions, loans to an executive officer, other than loans for the education of the officer’s children and certain loans secured by the officer’s residence, may not exceed the greater of $25,000 or 2.5% of the bank’s unimpaired capital and unimpaired surplus, but in no event more than $100,000. Regulation O also requires that any proposed loan to an insider or a related interest of that insider be approved in advance by a majority of the board of directors of the bank, with any interested director not participating in the voting, if such loan, when aggregated with any existing loans to that insider and the insider’s related interests, would exceed either $500,000 or the greater of $25,000 or 5% of the bank’s unimpaired capital and surplus. Generally, such loans must be made on substantially the same terms as, and follow credit underwriting procedures that are no less stringent than, those that are prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with other persons and must not present more than a normal risk of collectibility. An exception is made for extensions of credit made pursuant to a benefit or compensation plan of a bank that is widely available to employees of the bank and that does not give any preference to insiders of the bank over other employees of the bank.

 

Examinations and Assessments

 

The Bank is required to file periodic reports with and is subject to periodic examination by the OCC. Federal regulations generally require annual on-site examinations for all depository institutions and annual audits by independent public accountants for all insured institutions. The Bank is required to pay an annual assessment to the OCC to fund its supervision.

 

 

Page -5-


Table of Contents

 

 

 

Community Reinvestment Act

 

Under the Community Reinvestment Act (“CRA”), the Bank has a continuing and affirmative obligation consistent with its safe and sound operation to help meet the credit needs of its entire community, including low and moderate income neighborhoods. The CRA does not establish specific lending requirements or programs for financial institutions nor does it limit an institution’s discretion to develop the types of products and services that it believes are best suited to its particular community, consistent with the CRA. The CRA requires the OCC in connection with its examination of the Bank, to assess its record of meeting the credit needs of its community and to take that record into account in its evaluation of certain applications by the Bank. For example, the regulations specify that a bank’s CRA performance will be considered in its expansion (e.g., branching) proposals and may be the basis for approving, denying or conditioning the approval of an application. As of the date of its most recent regulatory examination, the Bank was rated “satisfactory” with respect to its CRA compliance.

 

USA PATRIOT Act

 

The USA PATRIOT Act of 2001 gave the federal government new powers to address terrorist threats through enhanced domestic security measures, expanded surveillance powers, increased information sharing and broadened anti-money laundering requirements. The USA PATRIOT Act also required the federal banking agencies to take into consideration the effectiveness of controls designed to combat money laundering activities in determining whether to approve a merger or other acquisition application of a member institution. Accordingly, if the Bank engages in a merger or other acquisition, our controls designed to combat money laundering would be considered as part of the application process. The Bank has established policies, procedures and systems designed to comply with these regulations.

 

Bridge Bancorp, Inc.

 

The Company, as a bank holding company controlling the Bank, is subject to the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (“BHCA”), and the rules and regulations of the Federal Reserve Board under the BHCA applicable to bank holding companies. The Company is required to file reports with, and otherwise comply with the rules and regulations of the Federal Reserve Board.

 

The Federal Reserve Board has adopted consolidated capital adequacy guidelines for bank holding structured similarly, but not identically, to those of the OCC for the Bank. As of December 31, 2013, the Company’s total capital and Tier 1 capital ratios exceeded these minimum capital requirements. The Dodd-Frank Act directed the Federal Reserve Board to issue consolidated capital requirements for depository institution holding companies that are less stringent, both quantitatively and in terms of components of capital, than those applicable to institutions themselves. The previously discussed final rule regarding regulatory capital requirements implements the Dodd-Frank Act as to bank holding company capital standards.  Consolidated regulatory capital requirements identical to those applicable to the subsidiary banks will apply to bank holding companies (with greater than $500 million of assets) as of January 1, 2015.  As is the case with institutions themselves, the capital conservation buffer will be phased in between 2016 and 2019.  The new capital rule will eliminate from Tier 1 capital the inclusion of certain instruments, such as trust preferred securities, that are currently includable by bank holding companies. However, the final rule grandfathers trust preferred issuances prior to May 19, 2010 in accordance with the Dodd-Frank Act. The Company has issued trust preferred securities that should qualify for the grandfather.

 

The policy of the Federal Reserve Board is that a bank holding company must serve as a source of strength to its subsidiary banks by providing capital and other support in times of distress. The Dodd-Frank Act codified the source of strength policy and requires the issuance of implementing regulations.

 

Under the prompt corrective action provisions of federal law, a bank holding company parent of an undercapitalized subsidiary bank is required to guarantee, within specified limits, the capital restoration plan that is required of an undercapitalized bank. If an undercapitalized bank fails to file an acceptable capital restoration plan or fails to implement an accepted plan, the Federal Reserve Board may prohibit the bank holding company parent of the undercapitalized bank from paying dividends or making any other capital distribution.

 

As a bank holding company, the Company is required to obtain the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board to acquire more than 5% of a class of voting securities of any additional bank or bank holding company or to acquire all, or substantially all, the assets of any additional bank or bank holding company. In addition, the bank holding companies may generally only engage in activities that are closely related to banking as determined by the Federal Reserve Board. Bank holding companies that meet certain criteria may opt to become a financial holding company and thereby engage in a broader array of financial activities.

 

Federal Reserve Board policy is that a bank holding company should pay cash dividends only to the extent that the company’s net income for the past two years is sufficient to fund the dividends and the prospective rate of earnings retention is consistent with the company’s capital needs, asset quality and overall financial condition.

 

A bank holding company is required to receive prior Federal Reserve Board approval of the redemption of its outstanding equity securities if the gross consideration for the purchase or redemption, when combined with the net consideration paid for all such

 

 

 

Page -6-


Table of Contents

 

 

 

purchases or redemptions during the preceding 12 months, will be equal to 10% or more of the company’s consolidated net worth. Such approval is not required for a bank holding company that meets certain qualitative criteria.

 

These regulatory authorities have extensive enforcement authority over the institutions that they regulate to prohibit or correct activities that violate law, regulation or a regulatory agreement or which are deemed to be unsafe or unsound banking practices. Enforcement actions may include the appointment of a conservator or receiver, the issuance of a cease and desist order, the termination of deposit insurance, the imposition of civil money penalties on the institution, its directors, officers, employees and institution-affiliated parties, the issuance of directives to increase capital, the issuance of formal and informal agreements, the removal of or restrictions on directors, officers, employees and institution-affiliated parties, and the enforcement of any such mechanisms through restraining orders or other court actions. Any change in laws and regulations, whether by the OCC, the FDIC, the Federal Reserve Board or through legislation, could have a material adverse impact on the Bank and the Company and their operations and stockholders.

 

During 2008, the Company received approval and began trading on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “BDGE”. Equity incentive plan grants of stock options and stock awards are recorded directly to the holding company. The Company’s sources of funds are dependent on dividends from the Bank, its own earnings, additional capital raised and borrowings. The information in this report reflects principally the financial condition and results of operations of the Bank. The Bank’s results of operations are primarily dependent on its net interest income. The Bank also generates non interest income, such as fee income on deposit accounts and merchant credit and debit card processing programs, investment services, income from its title insurance abstract subsidiary, and net gains on sales of securities and loans. The level of its non-interest expenses, such as salaries and benefits, occupancy and equipment costs, other general and administrative expenses, expenses from its title insurance abstract subsidiary, and income tax expense, further affects the Bank’s net income.

 

The Company had nominal results of operations for 2013, 2012, and 2011 on a parent-only basis.  The Company’s capital strength is paralleled by the solid capital position of the Bank, as reflected in the excess of its regulatory capital ratios over the risk-based capital adequacy ratio levels required for classification as a “well capitalized” institution by the FDIC (see Note 15 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements). Since 2011, the Company has actively managed its capital position in response to its growth and has raised $68M in capital.

 

The Company files certain reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) under the federal securities laws. The Company’s operations are also subject to extensive regulation by other federal, state and local governmental authorities and it is subject to various laws and judicial and administrative decisions imposing requirements and restrictions on part or all of its operations. Management believes that the Company is in substantial compliance, in all material respects, with applicable federal, state and local laws, rules and regulations. Because the Company’s business is highly regulated, the laws, rules and regulations applicable to it are subject to regular modification and change. There can be no assurance that these proposed laws, rules and regulations, or any other laws, rules or regulations, will not be adopted in the future, which could make compliance more difficult or expensive or otherwise adversely affect the Company’s business, financial condition or prospects.

 

OTHER INFORMATION

 

Through a link on the Investor Relations section of the Bank’s website of www.bridgenb.com, copies of the Company’s Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and Current Reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) for 15(d) of the Exchange Act, are made available, free of charge, as soon as reasonably practicable after electronically filing such material with, or furnishing it to, the SEC. Copies of such reports and other information also are available at no charge to any person who requests them or at www.sec.gov. Such requests may be directed to Bridge Bancorp, Inc., Investor Relations, 2200 Montauk Highway, PO Box 3005, Bridgehampton, NY 11932, (631) 537-1000.

 

Item 1A. Risk Factors

 

The concentration of our loan portfolio in loans secured by commercial and residential real estate properties located in eastern Long Island could materially adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations if general economic conditions or real estate values in this area decline.

 

Unlike larger banks that are more geographically diversified, the Bank’s loan portfolio consists primarily of real estate loans secured by commercial and residential real estate properties located in the Bank’s principal lending area in Suffolk County which is located on eastern Long Island. The local economic conditions on eastern Long Island have a significant impact on the volume of loan originations and the quality of our loans, the ability of borrowers to repay these loans, and the value of collateral securing these loans. A considerable decline in the general economic conditions caused by inflation, recession, unemployment or other factors beyond our control would impact these local economic conditions and could negatively affect our financial condition and results of operations. Additionally, while we have a significant amount of commercial real estate loans, the majority of which are owner-occupied,

 

 

 

Page -7-


Table of Contents

 

 

 

decreases in tenant occupancy may also have a negative effect on the ability of borrowers to make timely repayments of their loans, which would have an adverse impact on our earnings.

 

Changes in interest rates could affect our profitability.

 

The Bank’s ability to earn a profit, like most financial institutions, depends primarily on net interest income, which is the difference between the interest income that the Bank earns on its interest-earning assets, such as loans and investments, and the interest expense that the Bank pays on its interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits. The Bank’s profitability depends on its ability to manage its assets and liabilities during periods of changing market interest rates.

 

In a period of rising interest rates, the interest income earned on the Bank’s assets may not increase as rapidly as the interest paid on its liabilities. In an increasing interest rate environment, the Bank’s cost of funds is expected to increase more rapidly than interest earned on its loan and investment portfolio as its primary source of funds is deposits with generally shorter maturities than those on its loans and investments. This makes the balance sheet more liability sensitive in the short term.

 

A sustained decrease in market interest rates could adversely affect the Bank’s earnings. When interest rates decline, borrowers tend to refinance higher-rate, fixed-rate loans at lower rates. Under those circumstances, the Bank would not be able to reinvest those prepayments in assets earning interest rates as high as the rates on those prepaid loans or in investment securities. In addition, the majority of the Bank’s loans are at variable interest rates, which would adjust to lower rates.

 

Changes in interest rates also affect the fair value of our securities portfolio.  Generally, the value of securities moves inversely with changes in interest rates.  As of December 31, 2013, our securities portfolio totaled $776.5 million.

 

In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act eliminated the federal prohibition on paying interest on demand deposits effective July 21, 2011, thus allowing businesses to have interest-bearing checking accounts.  Depending on competitive responses, this change to existing law could increase our interest expense.

 

Strong competition within our market area may limit our growth and profitability.

 

The Bank’s market area is located in Suffolk County on eastern Long Island and its customer base is mainly located in the towns of East Hampton, Southampton, Southold and Riverhead. Since 2009, the Bank has expanded its market areas to include branches in the towns of Brookhaven, Babylon and Islip. In December 2012, the Bank opened administrative offices in Hauppauge, New York, to better service customers as the Bank continues to move westward.  During 2013, the Bank opened two new branches: one in March located in Rocky Point, New York and one in May located on Shelter Island, New York. Competition in the banking and financial services industry remains intense. The profitability of the Bank depends on the continued ability to successfully compete. The Bank competes with commercial banks, savings banks, credit unions, insurance companies, and brokerage and investment banking firms. Many of our competitors have substantially greater resources and lending limits than the Bank and may offer certain services that the Bank does not provide. In addition, competitors may offer deposits at higher rates and loans with lower fixed rates, more attractive terms and less stringent credit structures than the Bank has been willing to offer. Furthermore, the high cost of living on the twin forks of eastern Long Island creates increased competition for the recruitment and retention of qualified staff.

 

Acquisition of FNBNY

 

Acquisitions involve a number of risks and challenges including:  our ability to integrate the branches and operations we acquire, and the associated internal controls and regulatory functions, into our current operations; our ability to limit the outflow of deposits held by our new customers in the acquired branches and to successfully retain and manage the loans we acquire; our ability to attract new deposits and to generate new interest-earning assets in geographic areas we have not previously served.  Additionally, no assurance can be given that the operation of acquired branches would not adversely affect our existing profitability; that we would be able to achieve results in the future similar to those achieved by our existing banking business; that we would be able to compete effectively in the market areas served by acquired branches; or that we would be able to manage any growth resulting from the transaction effectively.  We face the additional risk that the anticipated benefits of the acquisition may not be realized fully or at all, or within the time period expected.

 

Our future success depends on the success and growth of The Bridgehampton National Bank.

 

Our primary business activity for the foreseeable future will be to act as the holding company of the Bank. Therefore, our future profitability will depend on the success and growth of this subsidiary.  The continued and successful implementation of our growth strategy will require, among other things that we increase our market share by attracting new customers that currently bank at other financial institutions in our market area.  In addition, our ability to successfully grow will depend on several factors, including favorable market conditions, the competitive responses from other financial institutions in our market area, and our ability to maintain high asset quality.  While we believe we have the management resources, market opportunities and internal systems in place to obtain and successfully manage future growth, growth opportunities may not be available and we may not be successful in continuing our

 

 

 

Page -8-


Table of Contents

 

 

 

growth strategy.  In addition, continued growth requires that we incur additional expenses, including salaries, data processing and occupancy expense related to new branches and related support staff.  Many of these increased expenses are considered fixed expenses.  Unless we can successfully continue our growth, our results of operations could be negatively affected by these increased costs.  Finally, our growth is also affected by the seasonality of our markets in Eastern Long Island, including the Hamptons and North Fork, a region that is a recreational destination for the New York metropolitan area, and a highly regarded resort locale world-wide.  This seasonality results in more economic activity in the summer months and decrease activity in the off season, which can adversely impact the consistency and sustainability of growth.

 

The loss of key personnel could impair our future success.

 

Our future success depends in part on the continued service of our executive officers, other key management, as well as our staff, and on our ability to continue to attract, motivate, and retain additional highly qualified employees. The loss of services of one or more of our key personnel or our inability to timely recruit replacements for such personnel, or to otherwise attract, motivate, or retain qualified personnel could have an adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

 

We operate in a highly regulated environment.

 

The Bank and Company are subject to extensive regulation, supervision and examination by the OCC, the FDIC, the Federal Reserve Board and the SEC. Such regulation and supervision governs the activities in which a financial institution and its holding company may engage and are intended primarily for the protection of the consumer rather than for the protection of shareholders. In order to comply with regulations, guidelines and examination procedures in this area as well as other areas of the Bank’s operations, we have been required to adopt new policies and procedures and to install new systems. We cannot be certain that the policies, procedures, and systems we have in place are effective and there is no assurance that in every instance we are in full compliance with these requirements. Regulatory authorities have extensive discretion in connection with their supervisory and enforcement activities, including the imposition of restrictions on the operation of an institution. Any change in such regulation and oversight, whether in the form of regulatory policy, regulations, or legislation, may have a material impact on our operations.

 

We may be adversely affected by current economic and market conditions.

 

Although economic and real estate conditions improved in 2013, we continue to operate in a challenging environment both nationally and locally.  This poses significant risks to both the Company’s business and the banking industry as a whole.  Although we have taken, and continue to take, steps to reduce our exposure to the risks that stem from adverse changes in such conditions, we nonetheless could be impacted by them to the degree that they affect the loans we originate and the securities we invest in.  Specific risks include reduced loan demand from quality borrowers; increased competition for loans; increased loan loss provisions resulting from deterioration in loan quality caused by, among other things, depressed real estate values and high levels of unemployment; reduced net interest income and net interest margin caused by a sustained period of low interest rates; interest rate volatility; price competition for deposits due to liquidity concerns or otherwise; and volatile equity markets.

 

Increases to the allowance for credit losses may cause our earnings to decrease.

 

Our customers may not repay their loans according to the original terms, and the collateral securing the payment of those loans may be insufficient to pay any remaining loan balance. Hence, we may experience significant loan losses, which could have a material adverse effect on our operating results. We make various assumptions and judgments about the collectability of our loan portfolio, including the creditworthiness of our borrowers and the value of the real estate and other assets serving as collateral for the repayment of loans. In determining the amount of the allowance for credit losses, we rely on loan quality reviews, past loss experience, and an evaluation of economic conditions, among other factors. If our assumptions prove to be incorrect, our allowance for credit losses may not be sufficient to cover probable incurred losses  in our loan portfolio, resulting in additions to the allowance. Material additions to the allowance through charges to earnings would materially decrease our net income.

 

Bank regulators periodically review our allowance for credit losses and may require us to increase our provision for credit losses or loan charge-offs. Any increase in our allowance for credit losses or loan charge-offs as required by these regulatory authorities could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and/or financial condition.

 

The trust preferred securities that we issued have rights that are senior to those of our common shareholders. The conversion of the trust preferred securities into shares of our common stock could result in dilution of your investment.

 

In October 2009 we issued $16 million of 8.5% cumulative convertible trust preferred securities from a special purpose trust, and we issued an identical amount of junior subordinated debentures to this trust.  Payments of the principal and interest on the trust preferred securities are conditionally guaranteed by us. Further, the accompanying junior subordinated debentures that we issued to the trust are senior to our shares of common stock. As a result, we must make payments on the junior subordinated debentures before any dividends can be paid on our common stock and, in the event of our bankruptcy, dissolution or liquidation, the obligations with respect to the junior subordinated debentures must be satisfied before any distributions can be made on our common stock. We have the right

 

 

 

Page -9-


Table of Contents

 

 

 

to defer distributions on the junior subordinated debentures (and the related trust preferred securities) for up to five years, during which time no dividends may be paid on our common stock.

 

In addition, each $1,000 in liquidation amount of the trust preferred securities currently is convertible, at the option of the holder, into 32.2581 shares of our common stock.  The conversion of these securities into shares of our common stock would dilute the ownership interests of purchasers of our common stock in this offering.

 

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act will, among other things, tighten capital standards, create a new Consumer Financial Protection Bureau and result in new laws and regulations that are expected to increase our cost of operations.

 

The Dodd-Frank Act is significantly changing the bank regulatory structure and is impacting the largest financial institutions as well as regional banks and community banks.  The federal regulatory agencies, specifically the SEC and the new Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, are given significant discretion in drafting the implementing regulations.

 

The major bank-related provisions under the Dodd-Frank Act pertain to: capital requirements; mortgage reform and minimum lending standards; consumer financial protection bureau; sale of mortgage loans (including risk retention requirements); FDIC insurance-related provisions; preemption standards for national banks; abolishment of the Office of Thrift Supervision; interchange fee for debit card transactions; Volcker Rule; regulation of derivatives/swaps;  Financial Services Oversight Council; resolution authority; and corporate governance matters (e.g.; “say on pay” new executive compensation disclosure and clawbacks, etc.). Given the range of topics in the Dodd-Frank Act and the voluminous regulations required to implement by the Dodd-Frank Act, the full impact will not be known for some time.

 

Certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act impacted banks upon enactment of the legislation.  Examples of this were the permanent increase of FDIC deposit insurance limits, the FDIC Assessment Base calculation change and the removal of the cap for the Deposit Insurance Fund, all of which in turn affected banks’ FDIC deposit insurance premiums.  Certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act are expected to have a near-term effect on us. For example, a provision of the Dodd-Frank Act eliminated the federal prohibitions on paying interest on demand deposits, thus allowing businesses to have interest-bearing checking accounts.  Depending on competitive responses, this significant change to existing law could increase our interest expense.

 

The Dodd-Frank Act created a new Consumer Financial Protection Bureau with broad powers to supervise and enforce consumer protection laws. The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau has broad rule-making authority for a wide range of consumer protection laws that apply to all banks and savings institutions, including the authority to prohibit “unfair, deceptive or abusive” acts and practices. The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau has examination and enforcement authority over all banks and savings institutions with more than $10 billion in assets. Banks and savings institutions with $10 billion or less in assets will be examined by their applicable bank regulators.  The Dodd-Frank Act also weakens the federal preemption rules that have been applicable for national banks and federal savings associations, and gives state attorneys general the ability to enforce federal consumer protection laws.

 

It is difficult to predict at this time what specific impact the Dodd-Frank Act and the many yet to be written implementing rules and regulations will have on community banks. However, it is expected that at a minimum they will increase our operating and compliance costs and could increase our interest expense.

 

The short-term and long-term impact of the changing regulatory capital requirements and anticipated new capital rules are uncertain.

 

In July 2013, the OCC and the other federal bank regulatory agencies issued a final rule that will revise their leverage and risk-based capital requirements and the method for calculating risk-weighted assets to make them consistent with agreements that were reached by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision and certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act.  Among other things, the rule establishes a new common equity Tier 1 minimum capital requirement (4.5% of risk-weighted assets), sets the leverage ratio at a uniform 4% of total assets, increases the minimum Tier 1 capital to risk-based assets requirement (from 4% to 6% of risk-weighted assets) and assigns a higher risk weight (150%) to exposures that are more than 90 days past due or are on nonaccrual status and to certain commercial real estate facilities that finance the acquisition, development or construction of real property.  The final rule also requires unrealized gains and losses on certain “available-for-sale” securities holdings to be included for purposes of calculating regulatory capital requirements unless a one-time opt-out is exercised.  The rule limits a banking organization’s capital distributions and certain discretionary bonus payments to executive officers if the banking organization does not hold a “capital conservation buffer” consisting of 2.5% of common equity Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets in addition to the amount necessary to meet its minimum risk-based capital requirements.  The final rule is effective January 1, 2015.  The “capital conservation buffer” will be phased in from January 1, 2016 to January 1, 2019, when the full capital conservation buffer will be effective.

 

The application of more stringent capital requirements could, among other things, result in lower returns on equity, require the raising of additional capital, and result in regulatory actions if we were to be unable to comply with such requirements.  Furthermore, the imposition of liquidity requirements in connection with the implementation of Basel III could result in our having to lengthen the term of our funding, restructure our business models, and/or increase our holdings of liquid assets. Implementation of changes to asset risk

 

 

 

Page -10-

 


Table of Contents

 

 

weightings for risk based capital calculations, items included or deducted in calculating regulatory capital or additional capital conservation buffers, could result in management modifying our business strategy and could limit our ability to make distributions, including paying dividends or buying back our shares.

 

Risks associated with system failures, interruptions, or breaches of security could negatively affect our earnings.

 

Information technology systems are critical to our business.  We use various technology systems to manage our customer relationships, general ledger, securities investments, deposits, and loans.  We have established policies and procedures to prevent or limit the impact of system failures, interruptions, and security breaches, but such events may still occur or may not be adequately addressed if they do occur.  In addition, any compromise of our systems could deter customers from using our products and services.  Although we rely on security systems to provide security and authentication necessary to effect the secure transmission of data, these precautions may not protect our systems from compromises or breaches of security.

 

In addition, we outsource a majority of our data processing to certain third-party providers.  If these third-party providers encounter difficulties, or if we have difficulty communicating with them, our ability to adequately process and account for transactions could be affected, and our business operations could be adversely affected.  Threats to information security also exist in the processing of customer information through various other vendors and their personnel.

 

The occurrence of any system failures, interruption, or breach of security could damage our reputation and result in a loss of customers and business thereby subjecting us to additional regulatory scrutiny, or could expose us to litigation and possible financial liability.  Any of these events could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

Severe Weather, Acts of Terrorism and Other External Events Could Impact Our Ability to Conduct Business

 

In the past, weather-related events have adversely impacted our market area, especially areas located near coastal waters and flood prone areas. Such events that may cause significant flooding and other storm-related damage may become more common events in the future. Financial institutions have been, and continue to be, targets of terrorist threats aimed at compromising operating and communication systems and the metropolitan New York area remain central targets for potential acts of terrorism.  Such events could cause significant damage, impact the stability of our facilities and result in additional expenses, impair the ability of our borrowers to repay their loans, reduce the value of collateral securing repayment of our loans, and result in the loss of revenue. While we have established and regularly test disaster recovery procedures, the occurrence of any such event could have a material adverse effect on our business, operations and financial condition.

 

Proposed changes in New York State Tax Law

 

The Company is subject to income tax under Federal, New York State and New York City laws and regulations.  Changes in such laws and regulations could increase the Company’s tax burden and such increase could have a material negative impact on its results of operations.

 

The Governor of the State of New York State recently announced his budget proposal for the 2014-2015 fiscal year.  The Governor’s proposal includes, among other things: (1) a merger of the current bank tax provisions under Article 32 of New York State tax law into the corporate tax provisions under Article 9A; (2) a reduction in the corporate income tax rate from 7.1% to 6.5%; (3) an increase in the MTA surcharge from 17% of the corporate tax to 24.5%; and (4) the elimination of captive REITs for institutions that have less than $8 billion in total assets.

 

The Company currently avails itself of certain benefits under New York State tax law associated with having a captive REIT.  If the tax reform elements contained in the Governor’s budget proposal become law, the Company would lose the annual tax benefit associated with its REIT which would result in a higher tax rate and lower net income. Other provisions in the Governor’s proposal would benefit the Bank such as the reduction in the corporate tax rate from 7.1% to 6.5%.  The Company is continuing to analyze the Governor’s budget proposal and has not yet determined the full impact that the proposal, if enacted into law, could have on its tax burden.

 

 

Page -11-


Table of Contents

 

 

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

 

None.

 

Item 2. Properties

 

At present, the Registrant does not own or lease any property. The Registrant uses the Bank’s space and employees without separate payment. Headquarters are located at 2200 Montauk Highway, Bridgehampton, New York 11932. The Bank’s internet address is www.bridgenb.com.

 

As of December 31, 2013, all of the Bank’s properties were located in Suffolk County, New York. The Bank’s Main Office in Bridgehampton is owned. The Bank also owns buildings that house branches located in; Montauk, Southold, Westhampton Beach, Southampton Village, and East Hampton Village. The Bank currently leases out a portion of the Montauk and Westhampton Beach buildings. The Bank leases fifteen additional properties in Suffolk County as branch locations. Additionally, the Bank utilizes space for a branch in the retirement community, Peconic Landing at 1500 Brecknock Road, Greenport. The Bank currently subleases a portion of the leased property located in Patchogue. In 2011, the Bank purchased real estate in the Town of Southold which will also be considered as a site for a future branch facility. On February 14, 2014, the Company acquired FNBNY and six leased properties.  FNBNY operates in four locations: (i) three branch locations including two in Nassau County and (ii) one loan production office in New York City. Additionally, one leased properties in New York City is fully sublet.

 

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

 

The Registrant and its subsidiary are subject to certain pending and threatened legal actions that arise out of the normal course of business. In the opinion of management at the present time, the resolution of any pending or threatened litigation will not have a material adverse effect on its consolidated financial statements.

 

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

 

Not applicable.

 

PART II

 

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

 

COMMON STOCK INFORMATION

 

The Company’s common stock trades on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “BDGE”.  The following table details the quarterly high and low sale prices of the Company’s common stock and the dividends declared for such periods.

 

At December 31, 2013 the Company had approximately 846 shareholders of record, not including the number of persons or entities holding stock in nominee or the street name through various banks and brokers.

 

 

Page -12-


Table of Contents

 

 

COMMON STOCK INFORMATION

 

 

 

Stock Prices

 

 

 

 

High

 

Low

 

Dividends
Declared

By Quarter 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

First

 

$

21.87

 

$

20.08

 

$

Second

 

$

22.77

 

$

19.40

 

$

0.23

Third

 

$

24.69

 

$

20.86

 

$

0.23

Fourth

 

$

26.00

 

$

21.26

 

$

0.23

 

 

 

Stock Prices

 

 

 

 

High

 

Low

 

Dividends
Declared

By Quarter 2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

First

 

$

22.33

 

$

19.30

 

$

0.23

Second

 

$

23.59

 

$

19.02

 

$

0.23

Third

 

$

24.54

 

$

19.58

 

$

0.23

Fourth

 

$

23.24

 

$

19.07

 

$

0.46

 

 

Stockholders received cash dividends totaling $6.8 million in 2013 and $9.9 million in 2012. Due to the likelihood of a change in the tax rates on dividends beginning in 2013, management decided to accelerate the timing of the payment of the Company’s fourth quarter dividend to shareholders into calendar year 2012 resulting in five dividend payments in 2012 and three dividend payments in 2013. The ratio of dividends per share to net income per share was 51.58% in 2013 compared to 77.50% in 2012.

 

There are various legal limitations with respect to the Company’s ability to pay dividends to shareholders and the Bank’s ability to pay dividends to the Company.   Under the New York Business Corporation Law, the Company may pay dividends on its outstanding shares unless the Company is insolvent or would be made insolvent by the dividend.  Under federal banking law, the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board and the Office Comptroller of the Currency (the “OCC”) may be required in certain circumstances prior to the payment of dividends by the Company or the Bank.  A national bank may generally declare a dividend, without approval from the OCC, in an amount equal to its year-to-date net income plus the prior two years’ net income that is still available for dividend.  At January 1, 2014, the Bank had $27.8 million of retained net income available for dividends to the Company.  The OCC also has the authority to prohibit a national bank from paying dividends if such payment is deemed to be an unsafe or unsound practice.  In addition, as a depository institution the deposits of which are insured by the FDIC, the Bank may not pay dividends or distribute any of its capital assets while it remains in default on any assessment due to the FDIC. The Bank currently is not (and never has been) in default under any of its obligations to the FDIC.

 

The Federal Reserve Board has issued a policy statement regarding the payment of dividends by bank holding companies. In general, the Federal Reserve Board’s policy provides that dividends should be paid only out of current earnings and only if the prospective rate of earnings retention by the bank holding company appears consistent with the organization’s capital needs, asset quality and overall financial condition. The Federal Reserve Board has the authority to prohibit the Company from paying dividends if such payment is deemed to be an unsafe or unsound practice.

 

 

Page -13-


Table of Contents

 

 

PERFORMANCE GRAPH

Pursuant to the regulations of the SEC, the graph below compares the performance of the Company with that of the total return for the NASDAQ® stock market and for certain bank stocks of financial institutions with an asset size $1 billion to $5 billion, as reported by SNL Financial L.C. from December 31, 2008 through December 31, 2013. The graph assumes the reinvestment of dividends in additional shares of the same class of equity securities as those listed below.

 

Bridge Bancorp, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

Period Ended

 

Index

12/31/08

12/31/09

12/31/10

12/31/11

12/31/12

12/31/13

Bridge Bancorp, Inc.

100.00

135.12

143.82

119.94

129.34

170.40

NASDAQ Composite

100.00

145.36

171.74

170.38

200.63

281.22

SNL Bank $1B-$5B

100.00

71.68

81.25

74.10

91.37

132.87

 

 

ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

 

The Board of Directors approved a stock repurchase program on March 27, 2006 which authorized the repurchase of 309,000 shares. No shares have been purchased during the year ended December 31, 2013. The total number of shares purchased as part of the publicly announced plan totaled 141,959 as of December 31, 2013. The maximum number of remaining shares that may be purchased under the plan totals 167,041 as of December 31, 2013. There is no expiration date for the stock repurchase plan. There is no stock repurchase plan that has expired or that has been terminated during the period ended December 31, 2013.

 

 

Page -14-


Table of Contents

 

 

Item 6. Selected Financial Data

 

Five-Year Summary of Operations

(In thousands, except per share data and financial ratios)

 

Set forth below are selected consolidated financial and other data of the Company. The Company’s business is primarily the business of the Bank. This financial data is derived in part from, and should be read in conjunction with, the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company.

 

December 31,

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

2010

 

2009

 

Selected Financial Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securities available for sale

 

$

575,179

 

$

529,070

 

$

441,439

 

$

323,539

 

$

306,112

 

Securities, restricted

 

7,034

 

2,978

 

1,660

 

1,284

 

1,205

 

Securities held to maturity

 

201,328

 

210,735

 

169,153

 

147,965

 

77,424

 

Loans held for sale

 

 

 

2,300

 

 

 

Loans held for investment

 

1,013,263

 

798,446

 

612,143

 

504,060

 

448,038

 

Total assets

 

1,896,746

 

1,624,713

 

1,337,458

 

1,028,456

 

897,257

 

Total deposits

 

1,539,079

 

1,409,322

 

1,188,185

 

916,993

 

793,538

 

Total stockholders’ equity

 

159,460

 

118,672

 

106,987

 

65,720

 

61,855

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selected Operating Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total interest income

 

$

58,430

 

$

54,514

 

$

50,426

 

$

44,899

 

$

43,368

 

Total interest expense

 

7,272

 

7,555

 

7,616

 

7,740

 

7,815

 

Net interest income

 

51,158

 

46,959

 

42,810

 

37,159

 

35,553

 

Provision for loan losses

 

2,350

 

5,000

 

3,900

 

3,500

 

4,150

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

 

48,808

 

41,959

 

38,910

 

33,659

 

31,403

 

Total non-interest income

 

8,891

 

10,673

 

6,949

 

7,433

 

6,174

 

Total non-interest expense

 

37,937

 

33,780

 

30,837

 

27,879

 

24,765

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

 

19,762

 

18,852

 

15,022

 

13,213

 

12,812

 

Income tax expense

 

6,669

 

6,080

 

4,663

 

4,047

 

4,049

 

Net income

 

$

13,093

 

$

12,772

 

$

10,359

 

$

9,166

 

$

8,763

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selected Financial Ratios and Other Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Return on average equity(1)

 

9.89

%

11.78

%

14.37

%

15.29

%

15.58

%

Return on average assets(1)

 

0.77

%

0.88

%

0.88

%

0.95

%

1.06

%

Average equity to average assets

 

7.80

%

7.49

%

6.11

%

6.18

%

6.80

%

Dividend payout ratio (2) (3)

 

51.58

%

77.50

%

44.35

%

63.42

%

65.43

%

Basic earnings per share(1)

 

$

1.36

 

$

1.48

 

$

1.54

 

$

1.45

 

$

1.41

 

Diluted earnings per share(1)

 

$

1.36

 

$

1.48

 

$

1.54

 

$

1.45

 

$

1.41

 

Cash dividends declared per common share(2) (3)

 

$

0.69

 

$

1.15

 

$

0.69

 

$

0.92

 

$

0.92

 

 

(1)   2013 amount includes $0.4 million of acquisition costs, net of income taxes, associated with the FNBNY acquisition.

(2)   The dividend payout ratio and cash dividends declared per common share for 2012 includes five declared quarterly dividends.

(3)   The dividend payout ratio and cash dividends declared per common share for 2013 and 2011 includes three declared quarterly dividends.

 

 

Page -15-


Table of Contents

 

 

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 

PRIVATE SECURITIES LITIGATION REFORM ACT SAFE HARBOR STATEMENT

 

This report may contain statements relating to the future results of the Company (including certain projections and business trends) that are considered “forward-looking statements” as defined in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 (the “PSLRA”).  Such forward-looking statements, in addition to historical information, which involve risk and uncertainties, are based on the beliefs, assumptions and expectations of management of the Company.  Words such as “expects,”  “believes,”  “should,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “will,” “potential,” “could,” “intend,” “may,” “outlook,” “predict,” “project,” “would,” “estimated,” “assumes,” “likely,” and variation of such similar expressions are intended to identify such forward-looking statements.  Examples of forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, possible or assumed estimates with respect to the financial condition, expected or anticipated revenue, and results of operations and business of the Company, including earnings growth; revenue growth in retail banking lending and other areas; origination volume in the  consumer, commercial and other lending businesses; current and future capital management programs; non-interest income levels, including fees from the title abstract subsidiary and banking services as well as product sales; tangible capital generation; market share; expense levels; and other business operations and strategies.  For this presentation, the Company claims the protection of the safe harbor for forward-looking statements contained in the PSLRA.

 

Factors that could cause future results to vary from current management expectations include, but are not limited to, changing economic  conditions; legislative and regulatory changes, including increases in FDIC insurance rates; monetary and fiscal policies of the federal government; changes in tax policies; rates and regulations of federal, state and local tax authorities; changes in interest rates; deposit flows; the cost of funds; demands for loan products; demand for financial services; competition; changes in the quality and composition of the Bank’s loan and investment portfolios; changes in management’s business strategies; changes in accounting principles, policies or guidelines, changes in real estate values; expanded regulatory requirements as a result of the Dodd-Frank Act, which could adversely affect operating results; and other factors discussed elsewhere in this report including factors set forth under Item 1A., Risk Factors, and in quarterly and other reports filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  The forward-looking statements are made as of the date of this report, and the Company assumes no obligation to update the forward-looking statements or to update the reasons why actual results could differ from those projected in the forward-looking statements.

 

OVERVIEW

 

Who We Are and How We Generate Income

 

Bridge Bancorp, Inc., a New York corporation, is a bank holding company formed in 1989. On a parent-only basis, the Company has had minimal results of operations. The Company is dependent on dividends from its wholly owned subsidiary, The Bridgehampton National Bank (“the Bank”), its own earnings, additional capital raised, and borrowings as sources of funds. The information in this report reflects principally the financial condition and results of operations of the Bank. The Bank’s results of operations are primarily dependent on its net interest income, which is mainly the difference between interest income on loans and investments and interest expense on deposits and borrowings. The Bank also generates non interest income, such as fee income on deposit accounts and merchant credit and debit card processing programs, investment services, income from its title abstract subsidiary, and net gains on sales of securities and loans. The level of its non-interest expenses, such as salaries and benefits, occupancy and equipment costs, other general and administrative expenses, expenses from its title insurance subsidiary, and income tax expense, further affects the Bank’s net income. Certain reclassifications have been made to prior year amounts and the related discussion and analysis to conform to the current year presentation. These reclassifications did not have an impact on net income or total stockholders’ equity.

 

Year and Quarterly Highlights

 

              Net income of $3.6 million and $0.32 per diluted share for the fourth quarter 2013 compared to $3.4 million and $0.39 per diluted share for the fourth quarter 2012. Net income for 2013 was $13.1 million and $1.36 per diluted share, compared to $12.8 million and $1.48 per diluted share in 2012

 

              Returns on average assets and equity for 2013 were 0.77% and 9.89%, respectively.

 

              Net interest income increased to $51.2 million for 2013 compared to $47.0 million in 2012.

 

              Net interest margin was 3.24% for 2013 and 3.52% for 2012.

 

              Total assets of $1.9 billion at December 31, 2013, an increase of $0.3 billion or 16.8% over the same date last year.

 

              Total loans held for investment of $1.0 billion at December 31, 2013, an increase of 26.9% from December 31, 2012.

 

 

Page -16-


Table of Contents

 

 

              Total investment securities of $783.5 million at December 31, 2013, an increase of 5.5% over December 31, 2012.

 

              Total deposits of $1.5 billion at December 31, 2013, an increase of $129.8 million or 9.2% over 2012 level.

 

              Allowance for loan losses was 1.58% of loans as of December 31, 2013, compared to 1.81% at December 31, 2012.

 

              The Company’s Tier 1 Capital to quarterly average assets ratio was 10.3% as of December 31, 2013, as compared to 8.4% as of 2012. Stockholders’ equity totaled $159.5 million at December 31, 2013, an increase of $40.8 million from December 31, 2012 as a result of a $37.5 million public offering on October 8, 2013, as well as the capital raised through the Dividend Reinvestment Plan (“DRP”) and continued earnings growth, net of dividends.

 

              A cash dividend of $0.23 per share was declared in January 2014 for the fourth quarter of 2013 paid in February 2014.

 

Significant Events

 

Acquisition of FNBNY

On September 27, 2013, Bridge Bancorp, Inc. (“Bridge Bancorp”) entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Merger Agreement”) with FNBNY Bancorp, Inc. (“FNBNY”).  Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, FNBNY will merge with and into Bridge Bancorp, with Bridge Bancorp as the surviving entity.  Immediately following the merger of FNBNY with and into Bridge Bancorp, the First National Bank of New York, a national banking association and wholly owned subsidiary of FNBNY (“First National Bank”), will merge with and into The Bridgehampton National Bank, a national banking association and wholly owned subsidiary of Bridge Bancorp, with The Bridgehampton National Bank as the surviving entity. On February 14, 2014, the Company acquired FNBNY at a purchase price of $6.1 million and issued an aggregate of 240,598 Bridge Bancorp shares in exchange for all the issued and outstanding stock of FNBNY. The purchase price is subject to certain post-closing adjustments equal to 60 percent of the net recoveries of principal on $6.3 million of certain identified problem loans over a two-year period after the acquisition.  As of February 14, 2014, FNBNY had total assets of $218 million, including $106 million in loans, funded by deposits of $169 million with three full-service branches, including the Company’s first two branches in Nassau County located in Merrick and Massapequa, and one in western Suffolk County located in Melville.

 

Public Offering of Common Stock

On October 8, 2013, the Company completed a public offering of common stock wherein the Company sold 1,926,250 shares of common stock at a price of $20.75 per share, for gross proceeds of approximately $40.0 million, which include 251,250 shares sold pursuant to the option granted to the underwriters. The net proceeds of the offering, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses, were approximately $37.5 million. The purpose of the offering was in part to provide additional capital to Bridge Bancorp to support its acquisition of FNBNY Bancorp, Inc. and for general corporate purposes.

 

Current Environment

 

On July 21, 2010, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (“Dodd-Frank Act”) was signed by the President. The Act permanently raised the current standard maximum deposit insurance amount to $250,000. Section 331(b) of the Dodd-Frank Act required the FDIC to change the definition of the assessment base from which assessment fees are determined. The new definition for the assessment base is the average consolidated total assets of the insured depository institution less the average tangible equity of the insured depository institution. The financial reform legislation, among other things, created a new Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, tightened capital standards and resulted in new regulations that are expected to increase the cost of operations.

 

In July 2013, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and the other federal bank regulatory agencies issued a final rule that will revise their leverage and risk-based capital requirements and the method for calculating risk-weighted assets to make them consistent with agreements that were reached by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision and certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act.  Among other things, the rule establishes a new common equity Tier 1 minimum capital requirement (4.5% of risk-weighted assets), increases the minimum Tier 1 capital to risk-based assets requirement (from 4% to 6% of risk-weighted assets) and assigns a higher risk weight (150%) to exposures that are more than 90 days past due or are on nonaccrual status and to certain commercial real estate facilities that finance the acquisition, development or construction of real property.  The final rule also requires unrealized gains and losses on certain “available-for-sale” securities holdings to be included for purposes of calculating regulatory capital unless a one-time opt-out is exercised.  Additional constraints will also be imposed on the inclusion in regulatory capital of mortgage-servicing assets, defined tax assets and minority interests.  The rule limits a banking organization’s capital distributions and certain discretionary bonus payments if the banking organization does not hold a “capital conservation buffer” consisting of 2.5% of common equity Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets in addition to the amount necessary to meet its minimum risk-based capital requirements.  The final rule becomes effective for the Bank on January 1, 2015.  The capital conservation buffer requirement will be phased in beginning January 1, 2016 and ending January 1, 2019, when the full capital conservation buffer requirement will be effective.

 

 

 

Page -17-


Table of Contents

 

 

Since April 2010 the Federal Reserve has maintained the federal funds target rate between 0 and 25 basis points as an effort to foster employment. In June 2013, the FOMC announced it will continue purchasing agency mortgage-backed securities and longer term Treasury securities at a pace of $45 billion a month and $45 billion a month, respectively, until certain improvements in the economy are achieved. The FOMC will continue to reinvest principal payments of agency mortgage-backed securities and roll over maturing Treasury securities. In December 2013, the FOMC announced that in light of improving economic indicators, it would reduce these purchases by $10 billion per month. These actions have resulted in a prolonged low interest rate environment reducing yields on interest earning assets and compressing the Company’s net interest margin. The FOMC anticipates maintaining the federal funds target rate until the outlook for employment and inflation are in line with the Committee’s long term objectives.

 

Growth and service strategies have the potential to offset the compression on net interest margin with volume as the customer base grows through expanding the Bank’s footprint, while maintaining and developing existing relationships. Since 2008, the Bank has opened nine new branches, including the most recent branch openings in March 2013 in Rocky Point, New York, and in May 2013 in Shelter Island, New York. Most of the recent branch openings move the Bank geographically westward and demonstrate its commitment to traditional growth through branch expansion. In May 2011, the Bank acquired Hampton State Bank (“HSB”) which increased the Bank’s presence in an existing market with a branch located in the Village of Southampton. After careful consideration, management decided to close its existing branch on County Road 39 in Southampton, New York, effective in April 2013. Management has demonstrated its ability to successfully integrate the former HSB customers and achieve expected cost savings while continuing to execute its business strategy. Management will continue to seek opportunities to expand its reach into other contiguous markets by network expansion, or through the addition of professionals with established customer relationships.

 

Challenges and Opportunities

 

As noted earlier, on February 14, 2014, the Company acquired FNBNY. This acquisition increases the Company’s scale and continues the westward expansion into three new markets including Melville (Suffolk County), and two branches in Nassau County; Massapequa and Merrick. To support this acquisition and future growth, the Company completed a public offering on October 8, 2013, with $37.5 million in net proceeds. While these proceeds provide capital to support the acquisition, the additional common shares outstanding negatively impacted earnings per share during the fourth quarter of 2013 and will likely impact the first half of 2014 until the benefits of the acquisition can be affected. Management recognizes the challenges associated with an acquisition and will leverage the experience gained in the acquisition of Hamptons State Bank in 2011, with the integration of FNBNY.

 

The Bank continues to face challenges associated with a fragile economic recovery, ever increasing regulations, and the current volatile interest rate environment. During 2013, speculation about the Federal Reserve’s Quantitative Easing or bond buying program caused longer term interest rates to rise dramatically. Over time, increases in rates should provide some relief to net interest margin compression as new loans are funded and securities are reinvested at higher rates. However, in the short term, the fair value of our available for sale securities declined, resulting in net unrealized losses and a reduction in stockholders’ equity. Strategies for managing for the eventuality of higher rates have a cost. Extending liability maturities or shortening the tenor of assets increase interest expense and reduce interest income. An additional method for managing in a higher rate environment is to grow stable core deposits, requiring continued investment in people, technology and branches. Over time, the costs of these strategies should provide long term benefits.

 

New regulations required under Dodd-Frank continue to be issued and in July 2013, the regulatory agencies issued final capital rules under Basel III which become effective for our Company in January 2015. The final rules, while more favorable to community banks, require that all banks maintain higher levels of capital. Management believes the Bank’s current capital levels will meet these new requirements. These factors taken together present formidable challenges to the banking industry

 

The key to delivering on the Company’s mission is combining its expanding branch network, improving technology, and experienced professionals with the critical element of local decision making. The successful expansion of the franchise’s geographic reach continues to deliver the desired results: increasing core deposits and loans, and generating higher levels of revenue and income.

 

Corporate objectives for 2014 include: successful integration of the operations of FNBNY, leveraging our expanding branch network to build customer relationships and grow loans and deposits; focusing on opportunities and processes that continue to enhance the customer experience at the Bank; improving operational efficiencies and prudent management of non-interest expense; and maximizing non-interest income through Bridge Abstract as well as other lines of business. Management believes there remain opportunities to grow its franchise and continued investments to generate core funding, quality loans and new sources of revenue, remain keys to continue creating long term shareholder value. Management remains committed to branch based banking and during 2013, the Company has opened two new branches, one in Rocky Point, New York, in March 2013 and one in Shelter Island, New York, in May 2013. The Bank also received regulatory approval to open an additional branch in Bay Shore, New York, and a loan production office in Riverhead, New York. The Company expects to open the Bay Shore branch and the loan production office during the first quarter of 2014. The Company launched its new electronic banking platform in the first half of 2013. This new platform allows the Company to enhance the delivery of current technology, and more importantly, effectively deliver the next generation of products and services to its existing and new customer base. The ability to attract, retain, train and cultivate employees at all levels of the Company remains significant to meeting corporate objectives. The Company has made great progress toward the achievement of these objectives, and avoided many of the problems facing other financial institutions as a result of maintaining discipline in its

 

 

 

Page -18-


Table of Contents

 

 

underwriting, expansion strategies, investing and general business practices. The Company has capitalized on opportunities presented by the market and diligently seeks opportunities for growth and to strengthen the franchise. The Company recognizes the potential risks of the current economic environment and will monitor the impact of market events as we consider growth initiatives and evaluate loans and investments. Management and the Board have built a solid foundation for growth and the Company is positioned to adapt to anticipated changes in the industry resulting from new regulations and legislative initiatives.

 

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

Note 1 of our Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended December 31, 2013 contains a summary of our significant accounting policies. Various elements of our accounting policies, by their nature, are inherently subject to estimation techniques, valuation assumptions and other subjective assessments. Our policy with respect to the methodologies used to determine the allowance for loan losses is our most critical accounting policy. This policy is important to the presentation of our financial condition and results of operations, and it involves a higher degree of complexity and requires management to make difficult and subjective judgments, which often require assumptions or estimates about highly uncertain matters. The use of different judgments, assumptions and estimates could result in material differences in our results of operations or financial condition.

 

The following is a description of our critical accounting policy and an explanation of the methods and assumptions underlying its application.

 

ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES

 

Management considers the accounting policy on the allowance for loan losses to be the most critical and requires complex management judgment as discussed below. The judgments made regarding the allowance for loan losses can have a material effect on the results of operations of the Company.

 

The allowance for loan losses is established and maintained through a provision for loan losses based on probable incurred losses inherent in the Bank’s loan portfolio. Management evaluates the adequacy of the allowance on a quarterly basis. The allowance is comprised of both individual valuation allowances and loan pool valuation allowances. If the allowance for loan losses is not sufficient to cover actual loan losses, the Company’s earnings could decrease. The Bank monitors its entire loan portfolio on a regular basis, with consideration given to detailed analysis of classified loans, repayment patterns, probable incurred losses, past loss experience, current economic conditions, and various types of concentrations of credit. Additions to the allowance are charged to expense and realized losses, net of recoveries, are charged to the allowance.

 

Individual valuation allowances are established in connection with specific loan reviews and the asset classification process including the procedures for impairment testing under FASB Accounting Standard Codification (“ASC”) No. 310, “Receivables”. Such valuation, which includes a review of loans for which full collectibility in accordance with contractual terms is not reasonably assured, considers the estimated fair value of the underlying collateral less the costs to sell, if any, or the present value of expected future cash flows, or the loan’s observable market value. Any shortfall that exists from this analysis results in a specific allowance for the loan. Pursuant to our policy, loan losses must be charged-off in the period the loans, or portions thereof, are deemed uncollectible. Assumptions and judgments by management, in conjunction with outside sources, are used to determine whether full collectibility of a loan is not reasonably assured. These assumptions and judgments are also used to determine the estimates of the fair value of the underlying collateral or the present value of expected future cash flows or the loan’s observable market value. Individual loan analyses are periodically performed on specific loans considered impaired. For collateral dependent impaired loans, appraisals are performed by certified general appraisers (for commercial properties) or certified residential appraisers (for residential properties) whose qualifications and licenses have been reviewed and verified by the Company.  Once received, the Credit Administration department reviews the assumptions and approaches utilized in the appraisal as well as the overall resulting fair value in comparison with independent data sources, such as recent market data or industry-wide statistics.  On a quarterly basis, the Company compares the actual selling price of collateral that has been sold, based on these independent sources, as well as recent appraisals associated with current loan origination activity, to the most recent appraised value to determine if additional adjustments should be made to the appraisal value to arrive at fair value.  Adjustments to fair value are made only when the analysis indicates a probable decline in collateral values. Individual valuation allowances could differ materially as a result of changes in these assumptions and judgments. Individual loan analyses are periodically performed on specific loans considered impaired. The results of the individual valuation allowances are aggregated and included in the overall allowance for loan losses.

 

Loan pool valuation allowances represent loss allowances that have been established to recognize the inherent risks associated with our lending activities, but which, unlike individual allowances, have not been allocated to particular problem assets. Pool evaluations are broken down into loans with homogenous characteristics by loan type and include commercial real estate mortgages, owner and non-owner occupied; multi-family mortgages; residential real estate mortgages, first lien and home equity; commercial loans, secured and unsecured; installment/consumer loans; and real estate construction and land loans. The determination of the adequacy of the valuation allowance is a process that takes into consideration a variety of factors. The Bank has developed a range of valuation allowances necessary to adequately provide for probable incurred losses inherent in each pool of loans. We consider our own charge-off history along with the growth in the portfolio as well as the Bank’s credit administration and asset management philosophies and

 

 

Page -19-


Table of Contents

 

 

procedures, and concentrations in the portfolio when determining the allowances for each pool. In addition, we evaluate and consider the credit’s risk rating which includes management’s evaluation of: cash flow, collateral and trends in current values, guarantor support, financial disclosures, industry trends and strength of borrowers’ management, the impact that economic and market conditions may have on the portfolio as well as known and inherent risks in the portfolio. Finally, we evaluate and consider the allowance ratios and coverage percentages of both peer group and regulatory agency data. These evaluations are inherently subjective because, even though they are based on objective data, it is management’s interpretation of that data that determines the amount of the appropriate allowance. If the evaluations prove to be incorrect, the allowance for loan losses may not be sufficient to cover losses inherent in the loan portfolio, resulting in additions to the allowance for loan losses.

 

The Credit Risk Committee is comprised of members of both management and the Board of Directors. The adequacy of the allowance is analyzed quarterly, with any adjustment to a level deemed appropriate by the Credit Risk Committee, based on its risk assessment of the entire portfolio. Based on the Credit Risk Committee’s review of the classified loans and the overall allowance levels as they relate to the entire loan portfolio at December 31, 2013 and 2012, management believes the allowance for loan losses has been established at levels sufficient to cover the probable incurred losses in the Bank’s loan portfolio. Future additions or reductions to the allowance may be necessary based on changes in economic, market or other conditions. Changes in estimates could result in a material change in the allowance. In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of the examination process, periodically review the allowance for loan losses. Such agencies may require the Bank to recognize adjustments to the allowance based on their judgments of the information available to them at the time of their examination.

 

For additional information regarding our allowance for loan losses, see Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

NET INCOME

 

Net income for 2013 totaled $13.1 million or $1.36 per diluted share while net income for 2012 totaled $12.8 million or $1.48 per diluted share, as compared to net income of $10.4 million, or $1.54 per diluted share for the year ended December 31, 2011. Net income increased $0.3 million or 2.5% compared to 2012 and net income for 2012 increased $2.4 million or 23.3% as compared to 2011. Significant trends for 2013 include: (i) a $4.2 million or 9.0% increase in net interest income; (ii) a $2.7 million decrease in the provision for loan losses; (iii) a $1.8 million or 16.7% decrease in total non-interest income due to lower net securities gains of $0.7  million in 2013 compared to $2.6 million in 2012; and (iv) a $4.2 million or 12.3% increase in total non-interest expenses including $0.5 million of acquisition costs associated with the FNBNY acquisition that closed on February 14, 2014. The effective income tax rate was 33.8% for 2013 compared to 32.3% for 2012.

 

NET INTEREST INCOME

 

Net interest income, the primary contributor to earnings, represents the difference between income on interest earning assets and expenses on interest bearing liabilities. Net interest income depends upon the volume of interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities and the interest rates earned or paid on them.

 

The following table sets forth certain information relating to the Company’s average consolidated balance sheets and its consolidated statements of income for the years indicated and reflect the average yield on assets and average cost of liabilities for the years indicated. Such yields and costs are derived by dividing income or expense by the average balance of assets or liabilities, respectively, for the years shown. Average balances are derived from daily average balances and include nonaccrual loans. The yields and costs include fees, which are considered adjustments to yields. Interest on nonaccrual loans has been included only to the extent reflected in the consolidated statements of income. For purposes of this table, the average balances for investments in debt and equity securities exclude unrealized appreciation/depreciation due to the application of FASB ASC 320, “Investments - Debt and Equity Securities.”

 

 

Page -20-


Table of Contents

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Average
Balance

 

Interest

 

Average
Yield/
Cost

 

Average
Balance

 

Interest

 

Average
Yield/
Cost

 

Average
Balance

 

Interest

 

Average
Yield/
Cost

 

Interest earning assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans, net (1)

 

$

883,511

 

$

45,257

 

5.12

%

$

671,103

 

$

40,255

 

6.00

%

$

554,469

 

$

35,434

 

6.39

%

Mortgage-backed, CMOs and other asset-back securities

 

395,402

 

6,956

 

1.76

 

342,302

 

7,391

 

2.16

 

277,073

 

9,000

 

3.25

 

Tax exempt securities (2)

 

112,393

 

3,355

 

2.99

 

141,899

 

4,181

 

2.95

 

124,616

 

4,417

 

3.54

 

Taxable securities

 

213,368

 

4,012

 

1.88

 

191,445

 

4,068

 

2.12

 

111,311

 

2,993

 

2.69

 

Deposits with banks

 

9,773

 

28

 

0.29

 

27,840

 

78

 

0.28

 

48,841

 

123

 

0.25

 

Total interest earning assets

 

1,614,447

 

59,608

 

3.69

 

1,374,589

 

55,973

 

4.07

 

1,116,310

 

51,967

 

4.66

 

Non interest earning assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and due from banks

 

33,417

 

 

 

 

 

22,760

 

 

 

 

 

19,025

 

 

 

 

 

Other assets

 

49,535

 

 

 

 

 

48,836

 

 

 

 

 

44,952

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

$

1,697,399

 

 

 

 

 

$

1,446,185

 

 

 

 

 

$

1,180,287

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest bearing liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Savings, NOW and money market deposits

 

$

827,464

 

$

3,543

 

0.43

%

$

718,559

 

$

3,738

 

0.52

%

$

613,068

 

$

3,936

 

0.64

%

Certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more

 

99,899

 

1,079

 

1.08

 

131,695

 

1,453

 

1.10

 

115,895

 

1,264

 

1.09

 

Other time deposits

 

38,462

 

340

 

0.88

 

40,949

 

416

 

1.02

 

43,282

 

507

 

1.17

 

Federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements

 

73,871

 

560

 

0.76

 

38,613

 

461

 

1.19

 

17,582

 

543

 

3.09

 

Federal Home Loan Bank term advances

 

26,989

 

385

 

1.43

 

18,068

 

122

 

0.68

 

82

 

 

0.00

 

Junior subordinated debentures

 

16,002

 

1,365

 

8.53

 

16,002

 

1,365

 

8.53

 

16,002

 

1,366

 

8.54

 

Total interest bearing liabilities

 

1,082,687

 

7,272

 

0.67

 

963,886

 

7,555

 

0.78

 

805,911

 

7,616

 

0.95

 

Non-interest bearing liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Demand deposits

 

474,367

 

 

 

 

 

365,999

 

 

 

 

 

294,566

 

 

 

 

 

Other liabilities

 

7,993

 

 

 

 

 

7,923

 

 

 

 

 

7,721

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities

 

1,565,047

 

 

 

 

 

1,337,808

 

 

 

 

 

1,108,198

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity

 

132,352

 

 

 

 

 

108,377

 

 

 

 

 

72,089

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

 

$

1,697,399

 

 

 

 

 

$

1,446,185

 

 

 

 

 

$

1,180,287

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income/interest rate spread (3)

 

 

 

52,336

 

3.02

%

 

 

48,418

 

3.29

%

 

 

44,351

 

3.71

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest earning assets/net interest margin (4)

 

$

531,760

 

 

 

3.24

%

$

410,703

 

 

 

3.52

%

$

310,399

 

 

 

3.97

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ratio of interest earning assets to interest bearing liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

149.11

%

 

 

 

 

142.61

%

 

 

 

 

138.52

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less: Tax equivalent adjustment

 

 

 

(1,178

)

 

 

 

 

(1,459

)

 

 

 

 

(1,541

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

 

 

$

51,158

 

 

 

 

 

$

46,959

 

 

 

 

 

$

42,810

 

 

 

 

 

(1)           Amounts are net of deferred origination costs/ (fees) and the allowance for loan loss, and include loans held for sale.

(2)           The above table is presented on a tax equivalent basis.

(3)           Net interest rate spread represents the difference between the yield on average interest earning assets and the cost of average interest bearing liabilities.

(4)           Net interest margin represents net interest income divided by average interest earning assets.

 

 

Page -21-


Table of Contents

 

 

RATE/VOLUME ANALYSIS

 

Net interest income can be analyzed in terms of the impact of changes in rates and volumes. The following table illustrates the extent to which changes in interest rates and in the volume of average interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities have affected the Bank’s interest income and interest expense during the periods indicated. Information is provided in each category with respect to (i) changes attributable to changes in volume (changes in volume multiplied by prior rate); (ii) changes attributable to changes in rates (changes in rates multiplied by prior volume); and (iii) the net changes. For purposes of this table, changes that are not due solely to volume or rate changes have been allocated to these categories based on the respective percentage changes in average volume and rate. Due to the numerous simultaneous volume and rate changes during the periods analyzed, it is not possible to precisely allocate changes between volume and rates. In addition, average earning assets include nonaccrual loans.

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

2013 Over 2012
Changes Due To

 

2012 Over 2011
Changes Due To

 

(In thousands)

 

Volume

 

Rate

 

Net
Change

 

Volume

 

Rate

 

Net
Change

 

Interest income on interest earning assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans (1)

 

$

11,489

 

$

(6,487

)

$

5,002

 

$

7,089

 

$

(2,268

)

$

4,821

 

Mortgage-backed, CMOs and other asset-backed securities

 

1,050

 

(1,485

)

(435

)

1,828

 

(3,437

)

(1,609

)

Tax exempt securities (2)

 

(882

)

56

 

(826

)

561

 

(797

)

(236

)

Taxable securities

 

434

 

(490

)

(56

)

1,811

 

(736

)

1,075

 

Deposits with banks

 

(53

)

3

 

(50

)

(58

)

13

 

(45

)

Total interest earning assets

 

12,038

 

(8,403

)

3,635

 

11,231

 

(7,225

)

4,006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense on interest bearing liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Savings, NOW and money market deposits

 

513

 

(708

)

(195

)

609

 

(807

)

(198

)

Certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more

 

(273

)

(101

)

(374

)

141

 

48

 

189

 

Other time deposits

 

(23

)

(53

)

(76

)

(27

)

(64

)

(91

)

Federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements

 

309

 

(210

)

99

 

387

 

(469

)

(82

)

Federal Home Loan Bank Advances

 

83

 

180

 

263

 

93

 

29

 

122

 

Junior subordinated debentures

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

(1

)

Total interest bearing liabilities

 

609

 

(892

)

(283

)

1,203

 

(1,264

)

(61

)

Net interest income

 

$

11,429

 

$

(7,511

)

$

3,918

 

$

10,028

 

$

(5,961

)

$

4,067

 

 

(1)          Amounts are net of deferred origination costs/ (fees) and the allowance for loan loss, and include loans held for sale.

(2)          The above table is presented on a tax equivalent basis.

 

The net interest margin declined to 3.24% in 2013 compared to 3.52% for the year ended December 31, 2012 and 3.97% in 2011. The decrease in 2013 and 2012 was primarily the result of the historically low market interest rates which was partly offset by strong core deposit growth and higher loan demand. The total average interest earning assets in 2013 increased $239.9 million or 17.5% over 2012 levels, yielding 3.69% and the overall funding cost was 0.47%, including demand deposits. The yield on interest earning assets decreased approximately 38 basis points while the cost of interest bearing liabilities decreased approximately 11 basis points during 2013 compared to 2012. The increase in average total deposits of $183.0 million partially funded average lowering yielding securities of $45.5 million, and average net loans grew $212.4 million from the comparable 2012 levels.

 

Net interest income was $51.2 million in 2013 compared to $47.0 million in 2012 and $42.8 million in 2011. The increase in net interest income of $4.2 million or 9.0% as compared to 2012, and the increase in net interest income of $4.1 million or 9.7% in 2012 as compared to 2011, primarily resulted from the effect of the increase in the volume of average total interest earning assets and the decrease in the cost of average total interest bearing liabilities being greater than the effect of the increase in volume of average total interest bearing liabilities and the decrease in yield on average total interest earning assets.

 

Average total interest earning assets grew by $239.9 million or 17.5% to $1.6 billion in 2013 compared to $1.4 billion in 2012. During this period, the yield on average total interest earning assets decreased to 3.69% from 4.07%. Average total interest earning assets grew by $258.3 million or 23.1% to $1.4 billion in 2012 compared to $1.1 billion in 2011. During this period, the yield on average total interest earning assets decreased to 4.07% from 4.66%.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2013, average loans grew by $212.4 million or 31.7% to $883.5 million as compared to $671.1 million in 2012 and increased $116.6 million or 21.0% compared to $554.5 million in 2011. Real estate mortgage loans and

 

 

 

Page -22-


Table of Contents

 

 

commercial loans primarily contributed to the growth. The Bank remains committed to growing loans with prudent underwriting, sensible pricing and limited credit and extension risk.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2013, average total investments increased by $45.5 million or 6.7% to $721.2 million as compared to $675.6 million in 2012 and increased $162.6 million or 31.7% as compared to $513.0 million in 2011.  To position the balance sheet for the future and better manage capital, liquidity and interest rate risk, a portion of the available for sale investment securities portfolio was sold during 2013, 2012 and 2011 resulting in net gains of $0.7 million, $2.6 million and $0.1 million, respectively. In 2013, 2012, and 2011 there were no federal funds sold.

 

Average total interest bearing liabilities were $1.08 billion in 2013 compared to $963.9 million in 2012 and $805.9 million in 2011. The Bank grew deposits in 2013 as a result of opening two new branches in both 2013 and 2012, building new relationships in existing markets and the HSB acquisition, which was completed during 2011. During 2013, the Bank reduced interest rates on deposit products through prudent management of deposit pricing. The reduction in deposit rates resulted in a decrease in the cost of interest bearing liabilities to 0.67% for 2013 compared to 0.78% for 2012 and 0.95% for 2011. Since the Company’s interest bearing liabilities generally reprice or mature more quickly than its interest earning assets, an increase in short term interest rates initially results in a decrease in net interest income.  Additionally, the large percentages of deposits in money market accounts reprice at short term market rates, making the balance sheet more liability sensitive.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2013, average total deposits increased by $183.0 million or 14.6% to $1.44 billion as compared to average total deposits of $1.26 billion for the year ended December 31, 2012. Components of this increase include an increase in average demand deposits for 2013 of $108.4 million or 29.6% to $474.4 million as compared to $366.0 million in average demand deposits for 2012 which increased by $71.4 million or 24.3% to $294.6 million in average demand deposits for 2011. The average balances in savings, NOW and money market accounts increased $108.9 million or 15.2% to $827.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to $718.6 million for the same period last year and increased $105.5 million or 17.2% over the 2011 amount of $613.1 million. Average balances in certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more and other time deposits decreased $34.3 million or 19.9% to $138.4 million for 2013 as compared to 2012 and increased $13.5 million or 8.5% in 2012 as compared to 2011. Average public fund deposits comprised 17.1% of total average deposits during 2013, 17.3% in 2012 and 18.2% in 2011. Average federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements together with average Federal Home Loan Bank term advances increased $44.2 million or 78.0% to $100.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to average balances for 2012 and increased $39.0 million or 220.9% to $56.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to average balances for the same period in 2011.

 

Total interest income increased to $58.4 million in 2013 from $54.5 million in 2012 and $50.4 million in 2011, an increase of 7.2% during 2013 from 2012 and an 8.1% increase during 2012 from 2011. The ratio of interest earning assets to interest bearing liabilities increased to 149.1% in 2013 as compared to 142.6% in 2012 and 138.5% in 2011. Interest income on loans increased $5.0 million in 2013 over 2012 and $4.8 million in 2012 over 2011 primarily due to growth in the loan portfolio. The yield on average loans was 5.1% for 2013, 6.0% for 2012 and 6.4% for 2011.

 

Interest income on investments in asset-backed, tax exempt and taxable securities decreased $1.0 million or 7.3% in 2013 to $13.2 million from $14.2 million in 2012 and decreased $0.7 million or 4.6% in 2012 from $14.9 million in 2011. Interest income on securities included net amortization of premiums on securities of $5.2 million in 2013 compared to net amortization of premiums on securities of $5.6 million in 2012 and net amortization of premiums on securities of $2.4 million in 2011. The tax adjusted average yield on total securities decreased to 2.2% in 2013 from 2.3% in 2012 and 3.2% in 2011.

 

Total interest expense decreased to $7.3 million as compared to 2012 and remained at $7.6 million in 2012 and 2011. The decrease in interest expense from 2012 is a result of prudent management of deposit pricing. The cost of average interest bearing liabilities was 0.67% in 2013, 0.78% in 2012, and 0.95% in 2011.

 

Provision for Loan Losses

 

The Bank’s loan portfolio consists primarily of real estate loans secured by commercial and residential real estate properties located in the Bank’s principal lending area of Suffolk County which is located on the eastern portion of Long Island. The interest rates charged by the Bank on loans are affected primarily by the demand for such loans, the supply of money available for lending purposes, the rates offered by its competitors, the Bank’s relationship with the customer, and the related credit risks of the transaction. These factors are affected by general and economic conditions including, but not limited to, monetary policies of the federal government, including the Federal Reserve Board, legislative policies and governmental budgetary matters.

 

Loans of approximately $46.6 million or 4.6% of total loans at December 31, 2013 were categorized as classified loans compared to $53.6 million or 6.7% at December 31, 2012 and $57.7 million or 9.4% at December 31, 2011. Classified loans include loans with credit quality indicators with the internally assigned grades of special mention, substandard and doubtful. These loans are categorized as classified loans as management has information that indicates the borrower may not be able to comply with the present repayment terms. These loans are subject to increased management attention and their classification is reviewed at least quarterly. The declining

 

 

 

Page -23-

 


Table of Contents

 

 

trend in the 2013 and 2012 levels of classified loans reflects the improving economic environment. The higher classified loans as of December 31, 2011 primarily related to a $15.2 million increase in the special mention category as well as acquired classified loans from the HSB acquisition.

 

At December 31, 2013, approximately $28.6 million of these classified loans were commercial real estate (“CRE”) loans which were well secured with real estate as collateral. Of the $28.6 million of CRE loans, $26.7 million were current and $1.9 million were past due. In addition, all but $2.1 million of the CRE loans have personal guarantees.  At December 31, 2013, approximately $5.9 million of classified loans were residential real estate loans with $3.1 million current and $2.7 million past due. Commercial, financial, and agricultural loans represented $11.3 million which were all current. Approximately $0.7 million of classified loans represented real estate construction and land loans, which were all current. All real estate construction and land loans are well secured with collateral. The remaining $0.1 million in classified loans are consumer loans that are unsecured and current, have personal guarantees and demonstrate sufficient cash flow to pay the loans. Due to the structure and nature of the credits, we do not expect to sustain a material loss on these relationships.

 

CRE loans, including multi-family loans, represented $592.4 million or 58.6% of the total loan portfolio at December 31, 2013 compared to $398.9 million or 50.0% at December 31, 2012 and $305.3 million or 49.9% at December 31, 2011. The Bank’s underwriting standards for CRE loans requires an evaluation of the cash flow of the property, the overall cash flow of the borrower and related guarantors as well as the value of the real estate securing the loan. In addition, the Bank’s underwriting standards for CRE loans are consistent with regulatory requirements with original loan to value ratios generally less than or equal to 75%.  The Bank considers charge-off history, delinquency trends, cash flow analysis, and the impact of the local economy on commercial real estate values when evaluating the appropriate level of the allowance for loan losses.  Real estate values in our geographic markets increased significantly from 2000 through 2007. Commencing in 2008, following the financial crisis and significant downturn in the economy, real estate values began to decline. This decline continued into 2009 and stabilized in 2010. The estimated decline in residential and commercial real estate values during this period ranged from 15-20% from the 2007 levels, depending on the nature and location of the real estate.  Real estate values began to improve in 2012 and continued into 2013.

 

As of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the Company had impaired loans as defined by FASB ASC No. 310, “Receivables” of $8.9 million and $8.2 million, respectively. For a loan to be considered impaired, management determines after review whether it is probable that the Bank will not be able to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Management applies its normal loan review procedures in making these judgments. Impaired loans include individually classified nonaccrual loans and troubled debt restructured (“TDR”) loans. For impaired loans, the Bank evaluates the impairment of the loan in accordance with FASB ASC 310-10-35-22.  Impairment is determined based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate. For loans that are collateral dependent, the fair value of the collateral is used to determine the fair value of the loan. The fair value of the collateral is determined based upon recent appraised values. The fair value of the collateral or present value of expected cash flows is compared to the carrying value to determine if any write-down or specific loan loss allowance allocation is required. These methods of fair value measurement for impaired loans are considered level 3 within the fair value hierarchy described in FASB ASC 820-10-50-5.

 

Nonaccrual loans increased $0.5 million to $3.8 million or 0.38% of total loans at December 31, 2013 from $3.3 million or 0.48% of total loans at December 31, 2012. Approximately $2.0 million of the nonaccrual loans at December 31, 2013 and $1.0 million at December 31, 2012, represent troubled debt restructured loans.

 

Net charge-offs were $0.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to $1.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 and $1.6 for the year ended December 31, 2011. The ratio of allowance for loan losses to nonaccrual loans was 419%, 439% and 260%, at December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.

 

Based on our continuing review of the overall loan portfolio, the current asset quality of the portfolio, the growth in the loan portfolio and the net charge-offs, a provision for loan losses of $2.4 million was recorded in 2013 as compared to $5.0 million in 2012 and $3.9 million in 2011. The allowance for loan losses increased to $16.0 million at December 31, 2013 as compared to $14.4 million at December 31, 2012 and $10.8 million at December 31, 2011. As a percentage of total loans, the allowance was 1.58%, 1.81% and 1.77% at December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. In accordance with current accounting guidance, the acquired HSB loans were recorded at fair value, effectively netting estimated future losses against the loan balances. Management continues to carefully monitor the loan portfolio as well as real estate trends in Suffolk County and eastern Long Island.

 

 

 

Page -24-


Table of Contents

 

 

The following table sets forth changes in the allowance for loan losses:

 

December 31,

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

2010

 

2009

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses balance at beginning of period

 

$

14,439

 

$

10,837

 

$

8,497

 

$

6,045

 

$

3,953

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Charge-offs:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate mortgage loans

 

 

 

 

73

 

47

 

Multi-family loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential real estate mortgage loans

 

420

 

1,210

 

259

 

20

 

653

 

Commercial, financial and agricultural loans

 

420

 

285

 

372

 

879

 

1,098

 

Real estate construction and land loans

 

23

 

 

864

 

 

240

 

Installment/consumer loans

 

53

 

15

 

186

 

148

 

55

 

Total

 

916

 

1,510

 

1,681

 

1,120

 

2,093

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Recoveries:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate mortgage loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

Multi-family loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential real estate mortgage loans

 

34

 

7

 

6

 

4

 

6

 

Commercial, financial and agricultural loans

 

87

 

83

 

96

 

56

 

28

 

Real estate construction and land loans

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

Installment/consumer loans

 

5

 

22

 

19

 

12

 

1

 

Total

 

128

 

112

 

121

 

72

 

35

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net charge-offs

 

(788

)

(1,398

)

(1,560

)

(1,048

)

(2,058

)

Provision for loan losses charged to operations

 

2,350

 

5,000

 

3,900

 

3,500

 

4,150

 

Balance at end of period

 

$

16,001

 

$

14,439

 

$

10,837

 

$

8,497

 

$

6,045

 

Ratio of net charge-offs during period to average loans outstanding

 

(0.09

%)

(0.21

%)

(0.28

%)

(0.22

%)

(0.47

%)

 

Allocation of Allowance for Loan Losses

 

The following table sets forth the allocation of the total allowance for loan losses by loan type:

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

2010

 

2009

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Amount

 

Percentage
of Loans
to Total
Loans

 

Amount

 

Percentage
of Loans
to Total
Loans

 

Amount

 

Percentage
of Loans
to Total
Loans

 

Amount

 

Percentage
of Loans
to Total
Loans

 

Amount

 

Percentage
of Loans
to Total
Loans

 

Commercial real estate mortgage loans

 

$

6,279

 

47.9

%

$

4,445

 

41.7

%

$

3,530

 

46.4

%

$

3,310

 

46.9

%

$

2,529

 

44.6

%

Multi-family loans

 

1,597

 

10.6

 

1,239

 

8.3

 

395

 

3.5

 

133

 

1.8

 

36

 

1.0

 

Residential real estate mortgage loans

 

2,712

 

15.2

 

2,803

 

18.0

 

2,280

 

23.1

 

1,642

 

28.0

 

1,781

 

27.5

 

Commercial, financial and agricultural loans

 

4,006

 

20.7

 

4,349

 

24.7

 

2,895

 

19.0

 

2,804

 

19.4

 

1,083

 

20.9

 

Real estate construction and land loans

 

1,206

 

4.7

 

1,375

 

6.1

 

1,465

 

6.6

 

185

 

2.0

 

346

 

4.3

 

Installment/consumer loans

 

201

 

0.9

 

228

 

1.2

 

272

 

1.4

 

423

 

1.9

 

270

 

1.7

 

Total

 

$

16,001

 

100.0

%

$

14,439

 

100.0

%

$

10,837

 

100.0

%

$

8,497

 

100.0

%

$

6,045

 

100.0

%

 

Non-Interest Income

 

Total non-interest income decreased by $1.8 million or 16.7% in 2013 to $8.9 million and increased by $3.7 million or 53.6% in 2012 to $10.7 million as compared to $7.0 million in 2011. The decrease in total non-interest income in 2013 compared to 2012 was primarily the result of $2.0 million decrease in net securities gains recognized for 2013 and a $0.1 million decrease in service charges on deposit accounts, partially offset by an increase of $0.3 million in fees for other customer services. The increase in total non- interest income in 2012 compared to 2011 was due to an increase in net securities gains of $2.5 million, an increase in revenues from the title insurance abstract subsidiary, Bridge Abstract, of $0.6 million, and increases in fees for other customer services and service charges on deposits accounts of $0.4 million and $0.2 million, respectively.

 

Net securities gains of $0.7 million were recognized in 2013 compared to net securities gains of $2.6 million and $0.1 million recognized in 2012 and 2011, respectively. The sales of securities were due to repositioning of the available for sale investment portfolio. Bridge Abstract, the Bank’s title insurance abstract subsidiary, generated title fee income of $1.7 million in 2013, $1.6 million in 2012, and $1.0 million in 2011, respectively. The increase of $0.1 million or 3.2% in 2013 compared to 2012 was directly related to the number and average value of transactions processed by the subsidiary.

 

 

 

Page -25-


Table of Contents

 

 

Service charges on deposit accounts for the year ended December 31, 2013 totaled $3.2 million, a decrease of $0.1 million as compared to 2012. For the year ended December 31, 2012, service charges on deposit accounts totaled $3.3 million, an increase of $0.2 million as compared to 2011. Fees from other customer services increased $0.3 million or 11.4% to $3.3 million in 2013 as compared to $3.0 million in 2012. Fees from other customer services increased $0.4 million or 15.9% to $3.0 million in 2012 as compared to $2.6 million in 2011. These increases were predominately due to higher electronic banking and investment services.

 

Other operating income for the year ended December 31, 2013 totaled $0.1 million in line with 2012 and 2011.

 

Non-Interest Expense

 

Total non-interest expense increased $4.1 million or 12.3% to $37.9 million in 2013 compared to $33.8 million over the same period in 2012 and increased $3.0 million or 9.6% in 2012 from $30.8 million in 2011.  The primary components of these increases were higher salaries and employee benefits, occupancy and equipment, professional services, technology and communications, marketing and advertising, FDIC assessments, and other operating expenses partially offset by lower amortization of core deposit intangibles and cost on extinguishment of debt. Additionally, during 2013 acquisition costs of $0.5 million were incurred related to the FNBNY acquisition.

 

Salaries and benefits increased $0.8 million or 4.0% to $21.5 million in 2013 as compared to $20.7 million in 2011 and increased $2.7 million or 14.8% from $18.0 million as of December 31, 2011. The increases in salary and benefits reflect additional positions to support the Company’s expanding infrastructure, new branches and a larger loan portfolio, and the related employee benefit costs.

 

Occupancy and equipment increased $1.3 million or 32.8% to $5.4 million in 2013 compared to $4.0 million in 2012 and increased $0.1 million or 3.2% from $3.9 million in 2011. Professional services increased $0.3 million or 28.0% to $1.3 million in 2013 from $1.0 million in 2012 and decreased $0.2 million or 14.5% in 2012 from $1.2 million in 2011. Technology and communications increased $0.5 million or 22.6% to $2.6 million compared to $2.1 million in 2012 and increased $0.3 million or 15.3% in 2012 from $1.8 million in 2011. Marketing and advertising increased $0.3 million or 17.2% to $1.9 million in 2013 from $1.6 million in 2012 and increased $0.3 million or 23.3% from $1.3 million in 2011. Higher occupancy and equipment expense, technology and communications, and marketing and advertising expense in 2013 and 2012 relate to the Company’s increased branch network and expanding infrastructure. FDIC assessments increased $0.1 million to $0.9 million compared to $0.8 million in 2012 and 2011. For 2013 and 2011 the Company incurred acquisition costs of $0.5 million and $0.8 million related to the FNBNY and HSB acquisitions, respectively. The Company recorded amortization of core deposit intangibles of $0.06 million in connection with the HSB acquisition in 2013. Amortization of core deposit intangibles was $0.07 million and $0.04 in 2012 and 2011, respectively.

 

Cost of extinguishment of debt for 2012 was $0.2 million related to the prepayment of a $5 million repurchase agreement. Other operating expenses increased $0.5 million or 13.8% to $3.8 million in 2013 compared to $3.3 million in 2012 and $2.9 million in 2011.

 

Income Tax Expense

 

Income tax expense for December 31, 2013 was $6.7 million representing an increase of $0.6 million from 2012. Income tax expense for 2012 was $6.1 million representing an increase of $1.4 million from 2011. The increase in 2013 was due to an increase in income before income taxes of $0.9 million to $19.8 million from $18.9 million in 2012. The effective tax rate was 33.8% for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to 32.3% for the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase was related to a lower percentage of interest income from tax exempt securities. The effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2011 was 31.0%.

 

FINANCIAL CONDITION

 

The assets of the Company totaled $1.90 billion at December 31, 2013, an increase of $272.0 million or 16.7% from the previous year-end with growth funded by deposits, borrowings and capital. This increase reflects strong organic growth in new and existing markets.

 

Cash and due from banks decreased $6.9 million or 14.6% to $40.0 million compared to December 2012 levels and interest earning deposits with banks increased $1.2 million or 26.9% as funds were invested in loan and securities. Total securities increased $36.7 million or 5.0% to $776.5 million and net loans increased $213.2 million or 27.2% to $997.3 million compared to December 2012 levels. There were no loans held for sale in 2013 and 2012. The ability to grow the investment and loan portfolios, while minimizing interest rate risk sensitivity and maintaining credit quality, remains a strong focus of management. Goodwill of $2.0 million and core deposit intangible of $0.3 million were recorded in 2011 in connection with the HSB acquisition. Core deposit intangible remained at $0.2 million in 2013 and 2012. Total deposits grew $129.8 million to $1.54 billion at December 31, 2013 compared to $1.41 billion at December 2012. The deposit growth occurred in all markets and included both new commercial and consumer relationships. Demand deposits increased $53.7 million to $582.9 million as of December 31, 2013 compared to $529.2 million at December 31, 2012. Savings, NOW and money market deposits increased $132.4 million to $855.2 million at December, 2013 from $722.9 million at December 31, 2012. Certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more decreased $54.3 million to $64.4 million at December 31, 2013 from

 

 

 

Page -26-


Table of Contents

 

 

$118.7 million at December 31, 2012. Other time deposits decreased $2.0 million to $36.5 million as of December 31, 2013 from $38.5 at December 31, 2012.

 

Fed funds purchased and Federal Home Loan Bank overnight borrowings at December 31, 2013 increased $77.5 million or 174.2% to $122.0 million compared to $44.5 million in 2012. Federal Home Loan Bank term advances increased $25.0 million or 166.7% to $40.0 million for December 31, 2013 compared to $15.0 million in 2012. Repurchase agreements decreased $1.0 million to $11.4 million or 8.2% compared to $12.4 million as of December 31, 2012. Other liabilities and accrued expenses decreased $0.1 million to $8.6 million as of December 31, 2013 from $8.7 million as of December 31, 2012.

 

Stockholders’ equity was $159.5 million at December 31, 2013, an increase of $40.8 million or 34.4% from December 31, 2012, reflecting primarily, the capital raised through stock offerings of $37.5 million, the proceeds from the issuance of shares of common stock under the Dividend Reinvestment Plan of $8.6 million and net income of $13.1 million, partially offset by $6.8 million in declared cash dividends and a decrease in the unrealized gains in securities of $14.7 million. In December 2012, due to the likelihood of a change in the tax rates on dividends beginning in 2013, the Company decided to accelerate the timing of the payment of the Company’s fourth quarter dividend to shareholders of $0.23 per share into calendar year 2012 resulting in five dividend payments in 2012. This continues the Company’s long term trend of uninterrupted dividends.

 

Loans

 

During 2013, the Company continued to experience growth trends in commercial and residential real estate lending. The concentration of loans in our primary market areas may increase risk. Unlike larger banks that are more geographically diversified, the Bank’s loan portfolio consists primarily of real estate loans secured by commercial and residential real estate properties located in the Bank’s principal lending area in Suffolk County, which is located on eastern Long Island. The local economic conditions on eastern Long Island have a significant impact on the volume of loan originations and the quality of our loans, the ability of borrowers to repay these loans, and the value of collateral securing these loans. A considerable decline in the general economic conditions caused by inflation, recession, unemployment or other factors beyond the Company’s control would impact these local economic conditions and could negatively affect the financial results of the Company’s operations. Additionally, while the Company has a significant amount of commercial real estate loans, the majority of which are owner-occupied, decreases in tenant occupancy may also have a negative effect on the ability of borrowers to make timely repayments of their loans, which would have an adverse impact on the Company’s earnings.

 

The interest rates charged by the Bank on loans are affected primarily by the demand for such loans, the supply of money available for lending purposes, the rates offered by its competitors, the Bank’s relationship with the customer, and the related credit risks of the transaction. These factors are affected by general and economic conditions including, but not limited to, monetary policies of the federal government, including the Federal Reserve Board, legislative policies and governmental budgetary matters.

 

The Bank targets its business lending and marketing initiatives towards promotion of loans that primarily meet the needs of small to medium-sized businesses. These small to medium-sized businesses generally have fewer financial resources in terms of capital or borrowing capacity than larger entities. If general economic conditions negatively impact these businesses, the results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected.

 

With respect to the underwriting of loans, there are certain risks, including the risk of non-payment that is associated with each type of loan that the Bank markets. Approximately 73.0% of the Bank’s loan portfolio at December 31, 2013 is secured by real estate. Approximately 47.9% of the Bank’s loan portfolio is comprised of commercial real estate loans.  Multifamily loans represent 10.6% of the Bank’s loan portfolio. Residential real estate mortgage loans represent 15.1% of the Bank’s loan portfolio and include home equity lines of credit of approximately 6.2% and residential mortgages of approximately 9.0% of the Bank’s loan portfolio. Real estate construction and land loans comprise approximately 4.6% of the Bank’s loan portfolio. Risks associated with a concentration in real estate loans include potential losses from fluctuating values of land and improved properties. Home equity loans represent loans originated in the Bank’s geographic markets with original loan to value ratios generally of 75% or less. The Bank’s residential mortgage portfolio includes approximately $5.4 million in interest only mortgages. The underwriting standards for interest only mortgages are consistent with the remainder of the loan portfolio and do not include any features that result in negative amortization. The largest loan concentrations by industry are loans granted to lessors of commercial property both owner occupied and non-owner occupied. The Bank uses conservative underwriting criteria to better insulate itself from a downturn in real estate values and economic conditions on eastern Long Island that could have a significant impact on the value of collateral securing the loans as well as the ability of customers to repay loans.

 

The remainder of the loan portfolio is comprised of commercial and consumer loans, which represent approximately 21.6% of the Bank’s loan portfolio. The primary risks associated with commercial loans are the cash flow of the business, the experience and quality of the borrowers’ management, the business climate, and the impact of economic factors. The primary risks associated with consumer loans relate to the borrower, such as the risk of a borrower’s unemployment as a result of deteriorating economic conditions or the amount and nature of a borrower’s other existing indebtedness, and the value of the collateral securing the loan if the Bank must

 

 

 

Page -27-


Table of Contents

 

 

take possession of the collateral. Consumer loans also have risks associated with concentrations of specific types of consumer loans within the portfolio.

 

The Bank’s policy for charging off loans is a multi-step process. A loan is considered a potential charge-off when it is in default of either principal or interest for a period of 90, 120 or 180 days, depending upon the loan type, as of the end of the prior month. In addition to date criteria, other triggering events may include, but are not limited to, notice of bankruptcy by the borrower or guarantor, death of the borrower, and deficiency balance from the sale of collateral. These loans identified are presented for evaluation at the regular meeting of the Credit Risk Management Committee. A loan is charged off when a loss is reasonably assured. The recovery of charged-off balances is actively pursued until the potential for recovery has been exhausted, or until the expense of collection does not justify the recovery efforts.

 

Total loans grew $213.7 million or 26.8%, during 2013 and $186.0 million or 30.4% during 2012. Average net loans grew $212.4 million or 31.7% during 2013 over 2012 and $116.6 million or 21.0% during 2012 when compared to 2011. Real estate mortgage loans were the largest contributor of the growth for both 2013 and 2012 and increased $203.2 million or 37.5% and $96.2 million or 21.6%, respectively. Commercial real estate mortgage loans grew $152.1 million or 45.7% during 2013 and multi-family mortgage loans grew $41.4 million or 62.7% during 2013. Commercial, financial and agricultural loans increased $12.0 million or 6.1% in 2013 from 2012 and increased $81.1 million or 69.7% in 2012 from 2011. Real estate construction and land loans decreased $1.7 million or 3.4% in 2013 and increased $8.1 million or 20.0% in 2012. Installment/consumer loans increased $0.1 million or 1.3% in 2013 and increased $0.6 million or 7.0% during 2012. Fixed rate loans represented 33.9%, 31.7% and 27.0% of total loans at December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.

 

The following table sets forth the major classifications of loans:

 

December 31,

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

2010

 

2009

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate mortgage loans

 

$

484,900

 

$

332,782

 

$

283,917

 

$

236,048

 

$

199,712

 

Multi-family loans

 

107,488

 

66,080

 

21,402

 

9,217

 

4,447

 

Residential real estate mortgage loans

 

153,417

 

143,703

 

141,027

 

140,986

 

123,013

 

Commercial, financial and agricultural loans

 

209,452

 

197,448

 

116,319

 

97,663

 

93,682

 

Real estate construction and land loans

 

46,981

 

48,632

 

40,543

 

9,928

 

19,347

 

Installment/consumer loans

 

9,287

 

9,167

 

8,565

 

9,659

 

7,352

 

Total loans

 

1,011,525

 

797,812

 

611,773

 

503,501

 

447,553

 

Net deferred loan costs and fees

 

1,738

 

634

 

370

 

559

 

485

 

 

 

1,013,263

 

798,446

 

612,143

 

504,060

 

448,038

 

Allowance for loan losses

 

(16,001

)

(14,439

)

(10,837

)

(8,497

)

(6,045

)

Net loans

 

$

997,262

 

$

784,007

 

$

601,306

 

$

495,563

 

$

441,993

 

 

Selected Loan Maturity Information

 

The following table sets forth the approximate maturities and sensitivity to changes in interest rates of certain loans, exclusive of real estate mortgage loans and installment/consumer loans to individuals as of December 31, 2013:

 

 

 

Within One
Year

 

After One
But Within
Five Years

 

After
Five Years

 

Total

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial loans

 

$

47,523

 

$

71,957

 

$

89,972

 

$

209,452

 

Construction and land loans (1)

 

26,873

 

1,875

 

18,233

 

46,981

 

Total

 

$

74,396

 

$

73,832

 

$

108,205

 

$

256,433

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rate provisions:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amounts with fixed interest rates

 

$

7,409

 

$

59,493

 

$

36,050

 

$

102,952

 

Amounts with variable interest rates

 

66,987

 

14,339

 

72,155

 

153,481

 

Total

 

$

74,396

 

$

73,832

 

$

108,205

 

$

256,433

 

 

(1)                           Included in the “After Five Years” column, are one-step construction loans that contain a preliminary construction period (interest only) that automatically converts to amortization at the end of the construction phase.

 

 

 

Page -28-


Table of Contents

 

 

Past Due, Nonaccrual and Restructured Loans and Other Real Estate Owned

 

The following table sets forth selected information about past due, nonaccrual, restructured loans and other real estate owned:

 

December 31,

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

2010

 

2009

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing

 

$

1

 

$

491

 

$

411

 

$

 

$

 

Nonaccrual loans

 

1,856

 

2,262

 

2,156

 

1,997

 

1,001

 

Restructured loans - Nonaccrual

 

1,965

 

1,027

 

2,004

 

4,728

 

4,890

 

Restructured loans - Performing

 

5,184

 

5,039

 

4,904

 

3,219

 

3,229

 

Other real estate owned, net

 

2,242

 

250

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

11,248

 

$

9,069

 

$

9,475

 

$

9,944

 

$

9,120

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

2010

 

2009

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross interest income that has not been paid or recorded during the year under original terms:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nonaccrual loans

 

$

66

 

$

155

 

$

122

 

$

123

 

$

52

 

Restructured loans

 

60

 

84

 

436

 

255

 

189

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross interest income recorded during the year:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nonaccrual loans

 

$

94

 

$

33

 

$

41

 

$

17

 

$

37

 

Restructured loans

 

282

 

226

 

241

 

105

 

288

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments for additional funds

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The following table sets forth impaired loans by loan type:

 

December 31,

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

2010

 

2009

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nonaccrual loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate mortgage loans

 

$

352

 

$

492

 

$

449

 

$

228

 

$

324

 

Multi-family loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential real estate mortgage loans

 

1,436

 

1,496

 

1,156

 

1,397

 

511

 

Commercial, financial and agricultural loans

 

 

193

 

260

 

 

61

 

Real estate construction and land loans

 

 

 

250

 

250

 

 

Installment/consumer loans

 

 

 

 

82

 

105

 

Total

 

1,788

 

2,181

 

2,115

 

1,957

 

1,001

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restructured loans - Nonaccrual:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate mortgage loans

 

617

 

 

 

 

 

Multi-family loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential real estate mortgage loans

 

618

 

717

 

1,786

 

2,037

 

2,120

 

Commercial, financial and agricultural loans

 

720

 

310

 

218

 

 

 

Real estate construction and land loans

 

 

 

 

2,686

 

2,770

 

Installment/consumer loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

1,955

 

1,027

 

2,004

 

4,723

 

4,890

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Non-performing impaired loans

 

3,743

 

3,208

 

4,119

 

6,680

 

5,891

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restructured loans - Performing:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate mortgage loans

 

4,260

 

4,284

 

4,630

 

3,186

 

3,229

 

Multi-family loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential real estate mortgage loans

 

329

 

336

 

 

 

 

Commercial, financial and agricultural loans

 

526

 

380

 

274

 

 

 

Real estate construction and land loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

Installment/consumer loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

5,115

 

5,000

 

4,904

 

3,186

 

3,229

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Impaired Loans

 

$

8,858

 

$

8,208

 

$

9,023

 

$

9,866

 

$

9,120

 

 

 

Restructured loans totaled $7.1 million and $6.0 million as of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively.

 

 

Page -29-


Table of Contents

 

 

Securities

 

Total securities increased to $776.5 million at December 31, 2013 from $739.8 million at December 31, 2012. The available for sale portfolio increased 8.7% to $575.2 million from $529.1 million at December 31, 2012. Securities held as available for sale may be sold in response to, or in anticipation of, changes in interest rates and resulting prepayment risk, or other factors. Residential mortgage-backed securities decreased by $6.2 million at December 31, 2013, U.S. government sponsored entity (“U.S. GSE”) securities decreased by $25.7 million, commercial mortgage-backed securities decreased by $0.3 million, non-agency commercial mortgage-backed securities decreased by $1.4 million, while residential collateralized mortgage obligations increased by $52.7 million, state and municipal obligations increased by $1.7 million, commercial collateralized mortgage obligations increased by $17.6 million, and other asset backed securities increased by $7.7 million. Securities held to maturity decreased 4.5% to $201.3 million at December 31, 2013 compared to $210.7 million at December 31, 2012. State and municipal obligations held to maturity decreased by $31.5 million, residential mortgage-backed securities decreased by $1.5 million, commercial mortgage-backed securities decreased by $0.2 million while U.S. GSE securities increased by $6.3 million, residential collateralized mortgage obligations increased by $8.8 million, and commercial collateralized mortgage obligations increased by $8.7 million.  Fixed rate securities represented 92.7% of total securities at December 31, 2013 compared to 93.4% at December 31, 2012. Residential collateralized mortgage obligations represented approximately 48.5% of the available for sale balance at December 31, 2013 as compared to 42.8% at the prior year-end. To position the balance sheet for the future and better manage capital, liquidity and interest rate risk, a portion of the available for sale investment securities portfolio was sold during 2013 and 2012 resulting in a net gain of $0.7 million and $2.6 million, respectively. The sale of securities and the change in market rates were the primary reasons for the net decrease in unrealized gains in securities available for sale which decreased other comprehensive income.

 

 

Page -30-

 


Table of Contents

 

 

The following table sets forth the fair value, amortized cost, maturities and approximated weighted average yield at December 31, 2013. Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties. Yields on tax-exempt obligations have been computed on a tax-equivalent basis.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in

 

Within

 

After One But

 

After Five But

 

After

 

 

 

thousands)

 

One Year

 

Within Five Years

 

Within Ten Years

 

Ten Years

 

Total

 

 

 

Fair

 

Amortized

 

 

 

Fair

 

Amortized

 

 

 

Fair

 

Amortized

 

 

 

Fair

 

Amortized

 

 

 

Fair

 

Amortized

 

 

 

Value

 

Cost

 

 

 

Value

 

Cost

 

 

 

Value

 

Cost

 

 

 

Value

 

Cost

 

 

 

Value

 

Cost

 

 

 

Amount

 

Amount

 

Yield

 

Amount

 

Amount

 

Yield

 

Amount

 

Amount

 

Yield

 

Amount

 

Amount

 

Yield

 

Amount

 

Amount

 

Available for sale:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

US GSE securities

 

$

 

$

 

%

$

23,309

 

$

23,905

 

0.92

%

$

113,389

 

$

122,040

 

1.92

%

$

16,059

 

$

18,333

 

2.61

%

$

152,757

 

$

164,278

 

State and municipal obligations

 

10,416

 

10,375

 

2.06

 

41,355

 

41,062

 

2.59

 

2,777

 

2,827

 

2.82

 

7,108

 

7,877

 

3.39

 

61,656

 

62,141

 

US GSE Residential mortgage-backed securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10,634

 

10,690

 

1.57

 

3,801

 

3,919

 

3.22

 

14,435

 

14,609

 

US GSE Residential collateralized mortgage obligations

 

 

 

 

1,786

 

1,784

 

0.93

 

1,659

 

1,645

 

1.62

 

275,746

 

282,166

 

1.88

 

279,191

 

285,595

 

US GSE Commercial mortgage-backed securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,834

 

3,076

 

2.11

 

 

 

 

2,834

 

3,076

 

US GSE Commercial collateralized mortgage obligations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

26,910

 

26,740

 

2.36

 

26,910

 

26,740

 

Non Agency Commercial mortgage-backed securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,578

 

3,658

 

2.74

 

3,578

 

3,658

 

Other Asset backed securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,888

 

7,997

 

2.42

 

25,930

 

26,973

 

1.64

 

33,818

 

34,970

 

Total available for sale

 

$

10,416

 

$

10,375

 

2.06

%

$

66,450

 

$

66,751

 

1.95

%

$

139,181

 

$

148,275

 

1.94

%

$

359,132

 

$

369,666

 

1.99

%

$

575,179

 

$

595,067

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Held to maturity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

US GSE securities

 

$

 

$

 

%

$

 

$

 

%

$

10,879

 

$

11,254

 

2.16

%

$

 

$

 

%

$

10,879

 

$

11,254

 

State and municipal obligations

 

26,645

 

26,539

 

2.10

 

12,735

 

12,647

 

1.90

 

13,820

 

13,540

 

4.55

 

14,716

 

14,506

 

5.33

 

67,916

 

67,232

 

US GSE Residential mortgage-backed securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,689

 

8,001

 

1.91

 

7,689

 

8,001

 

US GSE Residential collateralized mortgage obligations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

284

 

277

 

4.88

 

64,795

 

67,920

 

2.56

 

65,079

 

68,197

 

US GSE Commercial mortgage-backed securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9,776

 

10,132

 

2.58

 

 

 

 

9,776

 

10,132

 

US GSE Commercial collateralized mortgage obligations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12,921

 

13,627

 

3.02

 

12,921

 

13,627

 

Corporate Bonds

 

 

 

 

23,079

 

22,885

 

1.71

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

23,079

 

22,885

 

Total held to maturity

 

26,645

 

26,539

 

2.10

 

35,814

 

35,532

 

1.78

 

34,759

 

35,203

 

3.22

 

100,121

 

104,054

 

2.96

 

197,339

 

201,328

 

Total securities

 

$

37,061

 

$

36,914

 

2.09

%

$

102,264

 

$

102,283

 

1.89

%

$

173,940

 

$

183,478

 

2.19

%

$

459,253

 

$

473,720

 

2.20

%

$

772,518

 

$

796,395

 

 

Deposits and Borrowings

 

Borrowings, including Fed funds purchased, repurchase agreements and junior subordinated debentures, increased $101.5 million to $189.4 million at December 31, 2013 from the prior year-end. Total deposits increased $129.8 million or 9.2% in 2013 as compared to 2012. The growth in deposits is attributable to an increase in individual, partnership and corporate (“core deposits”) account balances of $89.5 million, driven by the opening of two new branches in 2013 and 2012, the building of new relationships in current markets, and an increase of $40.0 million in public funds deposits. Demand deposits increased $53.7 million or 10.2% and Savings, NOW and money market deposits increased $132.4 million or 18.3% primarily related to core deposits growth. Certificates of deposit of

 

 

Page -31-


Table of Contents

 

 

$100,000 or more decreased $54.3 million or 45.7% from December 31, 2012 and other time deposits decreased $2.1 million or 5.4% as compared to the prior year.

 

The following table sets forth the remaining maturities of the Bank’s time deposits at December 31, 2013:

 

 

 

Less than
$100,000

 

$100,000 or
Greater

 

Total

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3 Months or less

 

$

7,472

 

$

16,946

 

$

24,418

 

Over 3 through 6 months

 

6,631

 

9,426

 

16,057

 

Over 6 through 12 months

 

8,066

 

12,333

 

20,399

 

Over 12 months through 24 months

 

5,703

 

10,247

 

15,950

 

Over 24 months through 36 months

 

882

 

2,437

 

3,319

 

Over 36 months through 48 months

 

2,900

 

6,774

 

9,674

 

Over 48 months through 60 months

 

4,796

 

6,282

 

11,078

 

Over 60 months

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

36,450

 

$

64,445

 

$

100,895

 

 

LIQUIDITY

 

The objective of liquidity management is to ensure the sufficiency of funds available to respond to the needs of depositors and borrowers, and to take advantage of unanticipated opportunities for Company growth or earnings enhancement. Liquidity management addresses the ability of the Company to meet financial obligations that arise in the normal course of business. Liquidity is primarily needed to meet customer borrowing commitments, deposit withdrawals either on demand or contractual maturity, to repay borrowings as they mature, to fund current and planned expenditures and to make new loans and investments as opportunities arise. The Holding Company’s principal sources of liquidity included cash and cash equivalents of $37.4 million as of December 31, 2013, and dividends from the Bank. Cash available for distribution of dividends to shareholders of the Company is primarily derived from dividends paid by the Bank to the Company. During 2013, the Bank did not pay a cash dividend to the Company. Prior regulatory approval is required if the total of all dividends declared by the Bank in any calendar year exceeds the total of the Bank’s net income of that year combined with its retained net income of the preceding two years. As of January 1, 2014, the Bank has $27.8 million of retained net income available for dividends to the Company. In the event that the Company subsequently expands its current operations, in addition to dividends from the Bank, it will need to rely on its own earnings, additional capital raised and other borrowings to meet liquidity needs. The Company made a capital contribution of $6.0 million to the Bank during the twelve months ended December 31, 2013.

 

The Bank’s most liquid assets are cash and cash equivalents, securities available for sale and securities held to maturity due within one year. The levels of these assets are dependent upon the Bank’s operating, financing, lending and investing activities during any given period. Other sources of liquidity include loan and investment securities principal repayments and maturities, lines of credit with other financial institutions including the Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve Bank, growth in core deposits and sources of wholesale funding such as brokered certificates of deposit. While scheduled loan amortization, maturing securities and short term investments are a relatively predictable source of funds, deposit flows and loan and mortgage-backed securities prepayments are greatly influenced by general interest rates, economic conditions and competition. The Bank adjusts its liquidity levels as appropriate to meet funding needs such as seasonal deposit outflows, loans, and asset and liability management objectives. Historically, the Bank has relied on its deposit base, drawn through its full-service branches that serve its market area and local municipal deposits, as its principal source of funding. The Bank seeks to retain existing deposits and loans and maintain customer relationships by offering quality service and competitive interest rates to its customers, while managing the overall cost of funds needed to finance its strategies.

 

During 2013, 2012 and 2011, the Bank grew its core deposits as well as its level of public funds. The Bank’s Asset/Liability and Funds Management Policy allows for wholesale borrowings of up to 25% of total assets. At December 31, 2013, the Bank had aggregate lines of credit of $290.0 million with unaffiliated correspondent banks to provide short term credit for liquidity requirements. Of these aggregate lines of credit, $270.0 million is available on an unsecured basis. As of December 31, 2013, the Bank had $64.0 million in overnight borrowings outstanding under these lines.  The Bank also has the ability, as a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) system, to borrow against unencumbered residential and commercial mortgages owned by the Bank. The Bank also has a master repurchase agreement with the FHLB, which increases its borrowing capacity. As of December 31, 2013, the Bank had $58.0 million outstanding in FHLB overnight borrowings and an additional $40.0 million outstanding in FHLB term borrowings. The Bank had $10.0 million of securities sold under agreements to repurchase outstanding as of December 31, 2013 with brokers and $1.4 million outstanding with customers.  As of December 31, 2012, the Bank had $10.0 million of securities sold under agreements to repurchase outstanding with brokers and $2.4 million outstanding with customers. In addition, the Bank has an approved broker relationship for the purpose of issuing brokered certificates of deposit. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012 the Bank had no brokered certificates of deposits.

 

 

Page -32-


Table of Contents

 

 

Management continually monitors the liquidity position and believes that sufficient liquidity exists to meet all of our operating requirements. Based on the objectives determined by the Asset and Liability Committee, the Bank’s liquidity levels may be affected by the use of short-term and wholesale borrowings, and the amount of public funds in the deposit mix. The Asset and Liability Committee is comprised of members of senior management and the Board. Excess short-term liquidity is invested in overnight federal funds sold or in an interest earning account at the Federal Reserve.

 

CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS

 

In the ordinary course of operations, the Company enters into certain contractual obligations.

 

The following represents contractual obligations outstanding at December 31, 2013:

 

 

 

Total
Amounts
Committed

 

Less than
One Year

 

One to
Three Years

 

Four to
Five Years

 

Over Five
Years

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating leases

 

$

20,788

 

$

2,125

 

$

3,557

 

$

3,018

 

$

12,088

 

FHLB term advances and repurchase agreements

 

109,370

 

99,370

 

10,000

 

 

 

Junior subordinated debentures

 

16,002

 

 

 

 

16,002

 

Time deposits

 

100,895

 

60,874

 

19,269

 

20,752

 

 

Total contractual obligations outstanding

 

$

247,055

 

$

162,369

 

$

32,826

 

$

23,770

 

$

28,090

 

 

COMMITMENTS, CONTINGENT LIABILITIES, AND OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

 

Some financial instruments, such as loan commitments, credit lines, letters of credit, and overdraft protection, are issued to meet customer financing needs. These are agreements to provide credit or to support the credit of others, as long as conditions established in the contract are met, and usually have expiration dates. Commitments may expire without being used. Off-balance-sheet risk to credit loss exists up to the face amount of these instruments, although material losses are not anticipated. The same credit policies are used to make such commitments as are used for loans, often including obtaining collateral at exercise of the commitment. At December 31, 2013, the Company had $28.4 million in outstanding loan commitments and $215.8 million in outstanding commitments for various lines of credit including unused overdraft lines. The Company also has $3.8 million of standby letters of credit as of December 31, 2013. See Note 13 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information on loan commitments and standby letters of credit.

 

CAPITAL RESOURCES

 

Stockholders’ equity increased to $159.5 million at December 31, 2013 from $118.7 million at December 31, 2012 as a result of (i) undistributed net income; (ii) the issuance of shares of common stock through the Dividend Reinvestment Plan and the stock based compensation plan; (iii) the change in pension liability under FASB ASC 715-30, net of deferred taxes; (iv) the change in net unrealized appreciation in securities available for sale, net of deferred taxes; (v) the declaration of dividends and (vi) stock offering. The ratio of average stockholders’ equity to average total assets increased to 7.80% at year end 2013 from 7.49% at year end 2012.

 

The Company’s capital strength is paralleled by the solid capital position of the Bank, as reflected in the excess of its regulatory capital ratios over the risk-based capital adequacy ratio levels required for classification as a “well capitalized” institution by the FDIC (see Note 15 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements). Since 2011, the Company has actively managed its capital position in response to its growth. During this period, the Company has raised $68 million in capital through the following initiatives:

 

·                  On May 27, 2011, the Company issued 273,479 shares of common stock in connection with the acquisition of Hamptons State Bank, increasing capital by $5.8 million.

·      In November 2011, the Company filed a prospectus supplement under which it may from time to time sell up to $10.0 million of its common stock pursuant to an at-the-market equity offering program. During 2011 the Company issued 30,220 shares of common stock and raised $0.6 million in capital under this program. No additional shares were issued under this program in 2013 and 2012, respectively.

·      On December 20, 2011, the Company raised $24.1 million in capital from the sale of 1,377,000 shares of common stock to selected institutional and other private investors in a registered direct offering under its shelf registration statement.

·      On December 21, 2012, the Company filed a shelf registration statement on Form S-3 to register up to $75 million of securities and a prospectus and prospectus supplement, replacing the previously expired shelf registration statement on Form S-3 filed in June 2009.

·      On October 8, 2013, the Company completed a public offering with net proceeds of $37.5 million in capital from the sale of 1,926,250 shares of common stock. The purpose of the offering was in part to provide additional capital to Bridge Bancorp to support its acquisition of FNBNY Bancorp, Inc. and for general corporate purposes.

 

 

Page -33-


Table of Contents

 

 

The Company has the ability to issue additional common stock and/or preferred stock should the need arise.

 

The Company had returns on average equity of 9.89%, 11.78%, and 14.37% and returns on average assets of 0.77%, 0.88%, and 0.88%, for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively. The Company also utilizes cash dividends and stock repurchases to manage capital levels. In 2013, the Company declared three quarterly cash dividends totaling $6.8 million compared to five quarterly cash dividends of $9.9 million in 2012. The dividend payout ratios for 2013 and 2012 were 51.58% and 77.50%, respectively. The Company continues its trend of uninterrupted dividends. On March 27, 2006, the Company approved its stock repurchase plan allowing the repurchase of up to 5% of its then current outstanding shares, 309,000 shares. There is no expiration date for the share repurchase plan. The Company considers opportunities for stock repurchases carefully. The Company did not repurchase any shares in 2013, 2012 or 2011.

 

IMPACT OF INFLATION AND CHANGING PRICES

 

The Consolidated Financial Statements and notes thereto presented herein have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, which require the measurement of financial position and operating results in terms of historical dollars without considering changes in the relative purchasing power of money over time due to inflation. The primary effect of inflation on the operations of the Company is reflected in increased operating costs. Unlike most industrial companies, virtually all of the assets and liabilities of a financial institution are monetary in nature. As a result, changes in interest rates have a more significant effect on the performance of a financial institution than do the effects of changes in the general rate of inflation and changes in prices. Changes in interest rates could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. Interest rates do not necessarily move in the same direction, or in the same magnitude, as the prices of goods and services. Interest rates are highly sensitive to many factors, which are beyond the control of the Company, including the influence of domestic and foreign economic conditions and the monetary and fiscal policies of the United States government and federal agencies, particularly the Federal Reserve Bank.

 

IMPACT OF PROSPECTIVE ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

 

For discussion regarding the impact of new accounting standards, refer to Note 1 t) of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

 

Management considers interest rate risk to be the most significant market risk for the Company. Market risk is the risk of loss from adverse changes in market prices and rates. Interest rate risk is the exposure to adverse changes in the net income of the Company as a result of changes in interest rates.

 

The Company’s primary earnings source is net interest income, which is affected by changes in the level of interest rates, the relationship between rates, the impact of interest rate fluctuations on asset prepayments, the level and composition of deposits and liabilities, and the credit quality of earning assets. The Company’s objectives in its asset and liability management are to maintain a strong, stable net interest margin, to utilize its capital effectively without taking undue risks, to maintain adequate liquidity, and to reduce vulnerability of its operations to changes in interest rates.

 

The Company’s Asset and Liability Committee evaluates periodically, but at least four times a year, the impact of changes in market interest rates on assets and liabilities, net interest margin, capital and liquidity. Risk assessments are governed by policies and limits established by senior management, which are reviewed and approved by the full Board of Directors at least annually. The economic environment continually presents uncertainties as to future interest rate trends. The Asset and Liability Committee regularly utilizes a model that projects net interest income based on increasing or decreasing interest rates, in order to be better able to respond to changes in interest rates.

 

At December 31, 2013, $726.6 million or 92.7% of the Company’s securities had fixed interest rates. Changes in interest rates affect the value of the Company’s interest earning assets and in particular its securities portfolio. Generally, the value of securities fluctuates inversely with changes in interest rates. Increases in interest rates could result in decreases in the market value of interest earning assets, which could adversely affect the Company’s stockholders’ equity and its results of operations if sold. The Company is also subject to reinvestment risk associated with changes in interest rates. Changes in market interest rates also could affect the type (fixed-rate or adjustable-rate) and amount of loans originated by the Company and the average life of loans and securities, which can impact the yields earned on the Company’s loans and securities. In periods of decreasing interest rates, the average life of loans and securities held by the Company may be shortened to the extent increased prepayment activity occurs during such periods which, in turn, may result in the investment of funds from such prepayments in lower yielding assets. Under these circumstances the Company is subject to reinvestment risk to the extent that it is unable to reinvest the cash received from such prepayments at rates that are comparable to the rates on existing loans and securities. Additionally, increases in interest rates may result in decreasing loan prepayments with respect to fixed rate loans (and therefore an increase in the average life of such loans), may result in a decrease in loan demand, and make it more difficult for borrowers to repay adjustable rate loans.

 

 

Page -34-


Table of Contents

 

 

The Company utilizes the results of a detailed and dynamic simulation model to quantify the estimated exposure to net interest income to sustained interest rate changes.  Management routinely monitors simulated net interest income sensitivity over a rolling two-year horizon.  The simulation model captures the seasonality of the Company’s deposit flows and the impact of changing interest rates on the interest income received and the interest expense paid on all assets and liabilities reflected on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet.  This sensitivity analysis is compared to the asset and liability policy limits that specify a maximum tolerance level for net interest income exposure over a one-year horizon given a 100 and 200 basis point upward shift in interest rates and a 100 basis point downward shift in interest rates.  A parallel and pro-rata shift in rates over a twelve-month period is assumed.

 

The following reflects the Company’s net interest income sensitivity analysis at December 31, 2013:

 

Change in Interest

 

2013
Potential Change
in Net
Interest Income

 

Rates in Basis Points

 

$ Change

 

% Change

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

200

 

$

(3,847

)

(6.60

)%

100

 

$

(1,248

)

(2.12

)%

Static

 

 

 

(100)

 

$

239

 

0.41

%

 

The preceding sensitivity analysis does not represent a Company forecast and should not be relied upon as being indicative of expected operating results. These hypothetical estimates are based upon numerous assumptions including, but not limited to, the nature and timing of interest rate levels and yield curve shapes, prepayments on loans and securities, deposit decay rates, pricing decisions on loans and deposits, and reinvestment and replacement of asset and liability cash flows. While assumptions are developed based upon perceived current economic and local market conditions, the Company cannot make any assurances as to the predictive nature of these assumptions including how customer preferences or competitor influences may change.

 

Also, as market conditions vary from those assumed in the sensitivity analysis, actual results will also differ due to prepayment and refinancing levels likely deviating from those assumed, the varying impact of interest rate change caps or floors on adjustable rate assets, the potential effect of changing debt service levels on customers with adjustable rate loans, depositor early withdrawals, prepayment penalties and product preference changes and other internal and external variables. Furthermore, the sensitivity analysis does not reflect actions that management might take in responding to, or anticipating changes in interest rates and market conditions. Management considers interest rate risk to be the most significant market risk for the Company. Market risk is the risk of loss from adverse changes in market prices and rates. Interest rate risk is the exposure to adverse changes in the net income of the Company as a result of changes in interest rates.

 

 

Page -35-

 


Table of Contents

 

 

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

 

 

December 31,
2013

 

December 31,
2012

 

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and due from banks

 

$

39,997

 

$

46,855

 

 

Interest earning deposits with banks

 

5,576

 

4,394

 

 

Total cash and cash equivalents

 

45,573

 

51,249

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securities available for sale, at fair value

 

575,179

 

529,070

 

 

Securities held to maturity (fair value of $197,339 and $213,702, respectively)

 

201,328

 

210,735

 

 

Total securities

 

776,507

 

739,805

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securities, restricted

 

7,034

 

2,978

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans held for investment

 

1,013,263

 

798,446

 

 

Allowance for loan losses

 

(16,001

)

(14,439

)

 

Loans, net

 

997,262

 

784,007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Premises and equipment, net

 

27,983

 

26,001

 

 

Accrued interest receivable

 

5,648

 

5,436

 

 

Goodwill

 

2,034

 

2,034

 

 

Core deposit intangible

 

190

 

249

 

 

Bank owned life insurance

 

10,035

 

 

 

Other real estate owned

 

2,242

 

250

 

 

Other assets

 

22,238

 

12,704

 

 

Total Assets

 

$

1,896,746

 

$

1,624,713

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

Demand deposits

 

$

582,938

 

$

529,205

 

 

Savings, NOW and money market deposits

 

855,246

 

722,869

 

 

Certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more

 

64,445

 

118,724

 

 

Other time deposits

 

36,450

 

38,524

 

 

Total deposits

 

1,539,079

 

1,409,322

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal funds purchased and Federal Home Loan Bank overnight borrowings

 

122,000

 

44,500

 

 

Federal Home Loan Bank term advances

 

40,000

 

15,000

 

 

Repurchase agreements

 

11,370

 

12,390

 

 

Junior subordinated debentures

 

16,002

 

16,002

 

 

Accrued interest payable

 

225

 

147

 

 

Other liabilities and accrued expenses

 

8,610

 

8,680

 

 

Total Liabilities

 

1,737,286

 

1,506,041

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments and Contingencies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock, par value $.01 per share (2,000,000 shares authorized; none issued)

 

 

 

 

Common stock, par value $.01 per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Authorized: 20,000,000 shares; 11,317,367 and 8,923,010 shares issued, respectively; 11,307,607 and 8,907,890 shares outstanding, respectively

 

113

 

89

 

 

Surplus

 

111,377

 

64,208

 

 

Retained earnings

 

61,441

 

55,102

 

 

Less: Treasury Stock at cost, 9,760 and 15,120 shares, respectively

 

(235

)

(309

)

 

 

 

172,696

 

119,090

 

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss):

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net unrealized (loss) gain on securities, net of deferred income taxes of $7,895 and ($1,803), respectively

 

(11,994

)

2,738

 

 

Pension liability, net of deferred income taxes of $781 and $2,036, respectively

 

(1,143

)

(3,050

)

 

Net unrealized loss on cash flow hedge, net of deferred income taxes of $65 and $70, respectively

 

(99

)

(106

)

 

Total Stockholders’ Equity

 

159,460

 

118,672

 

 

Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

 

$

1,896,746

 

$

1,624,713

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

 

Page -36-


Table of Contents

 

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

Interest income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans (including fee income)

 

$

45,250

 

$

40,255

 

$

35,434

 

Mortgage-backed securities, CMOs and other assets-backed securities

 

6,956

 

7,391

 

9,000

 

State and municipal obligations

 

2,638

 

3,126

 

2,876

 

U.S. GSE securities

 

2,982

 

2,977

 

2,220

 

Corporate bonds

 

399

 

574

 

705

 

Deposits with banks

 

28

 

78

 

123

 

Other interest and dividend income

 

177

 

113

 

68

 

Total interest income

 

58,430

 

54,514

 

50,426

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Savings, NOW and money market deposits

 

3,543

 

3,738

 

3,936

 

Certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more

 

1,079

 

1,453

 

1,264

 

Other time deposits

 

340

 

416

 

507

 

Federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements

 

560

 

461

 

543

 

Federal Home Loan Bank advances

 

385

 

122

 

 

Junior subordinated debentures

 

1,365

 

1,365

 

1,366

 

Total interest expense

 

7,272

 

7,555

 

7,616

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

51,158

 

46,959

 

42,810

 

Provision for loan losses

 

2,350

 

5,000

 

3,900

 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

 

48,808

 

41,959

 

38,910

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-interest income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service charges on deposit accounts

 

3,174

 

3,313

 

3,137

 

Fees for other customer services

 

3,295

 

2,958

 

2,553

 

Title fee income

 

1,687

 

1,635

 

1,016

 

Net securities gains

 

659

 

2,647

 

135

 

Other operating income

 

76

 

120

 

108

 

Total non-interest income

 

8,891

 

10,673

 

6,949

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-interest expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Salaries and employee benefits

 

21,532

 

20,705

 

18,036

 

Occupancy and equipment

 

5,374

 

4,046

 

3,920

 

Technology and communications

 

2,594

 

2,116

 

1,835

 

Marketing and advertising

 

1,864

 

1,590

 

1,290

 

Professional services

 

1,340

 

1,047

 

1,224

 

FDIC assessments

 

924

 

754

 

825

 

Acquisition costs

 

499

 

 

793

 

Amortization of core deposit intangible

 

59

 

67

 

42

 

Cost of extinguishment of debt

 

 

158

 

 

Other operating expenses

 

3,751

 

3,297

 

2,872

 

Total non-interest expense

 

37,937

 

33,780

 

30,837

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

 

19,762

 

18,852

 

15,022

 

Income tax expense

 

6,669

 

6,080

 

4,663

 

Net income

 

$

13,093

 

$

12,772

 

$

10,359

 

Basic earnings per share

 

$

1.36

 

$

1.48

 

$

1.54

 

Diluted earnings per share

 

$

1.36

 

$

1.48

 

$

1.54

 

 

See accompanying notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

 

Page -37-


Table of Contents

 

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(In thousands)

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

Net Income

 

$

13,093

 

$

12,772

 

$

10,359

 

Other comprehensive (loss) income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in unrealized net gains/losses on securities available for sale, net of reclassification and deferred income taxes

 

(14,732

)

(2,996

)

2,185

 

Adjustment to pension liability, net of deferred income taxes

 

1,907

 

256

 

(1,524

)

Unrealized loss on cash flow hedge, net of deferred income taxes

 

7

 

(106

)

 

Total other comprehensive (loss) income

 

(12,818

)

(2,846

)

661

 

Comprehensive income

 

$

275

 

$

9,926

 

$

11,020

 

 

See accompanying notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

 

Page -38-


Table of Contents

 

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

 

 

Common
Stock

 

Surplus

 

Retained
Earnings

 

Treasury
Stock

 

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)

 

Total

 

Balance at January 1, 2011

 

$

64

 

$

19,751

 

$

46,463

 

$

(2,325

)

$

1,767

 

$

65,720

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

10,359

 

 

 

 

 

10,359

 

Shares issued under the dividend reinvestment plan (“DRP”)

 

3

 

4,624

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,627

 

Shares issued in common stock offerings, net of offering costs (1,407,220 shares)

 

14

 

23,447

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

23,461

 

Shares issued in the acquisition of Hamptons State Bank (273,479 shares)

 

3

 

5,847

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,850

 

Stock awards granted and distributed

 

 

 

(1,777

)

 

 

1,777

 

 

 

 

Stock awards forfeited

 

 

 

39

 

 

 

(39

)

 

 

 

Vesting of stock awards

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(128

)

 

 

(128

)

Tax effect of stock plans

 

 

 

(16

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(16

)

Shared based compensation expense

 

 

 

1,047

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,047

 

Cash dividend declared, $0.69 per share

 

 

 

 

 

(4,594

)

 

 

 

 

(4,594

)

Other comprehensive income, net of deferred taxes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

661

 

661

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

 

$

84

 

$

52,962

 

$

52,228

 

$

(715

)

$

2,428

 

$

106,987

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

12,772

 

 

 

 

 

12,772

 

Shares issued under the DRP

 

5

 

10,502

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10,507

 

Stock awards granted and distributed

 

 

 

(580

)

 

 

580

 

 

 

 

Stock awards forfeited

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

(6

)

 

 

 

Vesting of stock awards

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(175

)

 

 

(175

)

Exercise of stock options

 

 

 

(7

)

 

 

7

 

 

 

 

Tax effect of stock plans

 

 

 

(18

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(18

)

Shared based compensation expense

 

 

 

1,343

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,343

 

Cash dividend declared, $1.15 per share

 

 

 

 

 

(9,898

)

 

 

 

 

(9,898

)

Other comprehensive (loss), net of deferred income taxes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,846

)

(2,846

)

Balance at December 31, 2012

 

$

89

 

$

64,208

 

$

55,102

 

$

(309

)

$

(418

)

$

118,672

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

13,093

 

 

 

 

 

13,093

 

Shares issued under the DRP

 

4

 

8,656

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,660

 

Shares issued in common stock offerings, net of offering costs (1,926,250 shares)

 

19

 

37,558

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

37,577

 

Stock awards granted and distributed

 

1

 

(435

)

 

 

434

 

 

 

 

Stock awards forfeited

 

 

 

79

 

 

 

(79

)

 

 

 

Vesting of stock awards

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(291

)

 

 

(291

)

Exercise of stock options

 

 

 

(6

)

 

 

10

 

 

 

4

 

Tax effect of stock plans

 

 

 

21

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

21

 

Shared based compensation expense

 

 

 

1,296

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,296

 

Cash dividend declared, $0.69 per share

 

 

 

 

 

(6,754

)

 

 

 

 

(6,754

)

Other comprehensive (loss), net of deferred income taxes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(12,818

)

(12,818

)

Balance at December 31, 2013

 

$

113

 

$

111,377

 

$

61,441

 

$

(235

)

$

(13,236

)

$

159,460

 

 

See accompanying notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

 

Page -39-


Table of Contents

 

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In thousands)

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

Cash flows from operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

13,093

 

$

12,772

 

$

10,359

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for loan losses

 

2,350

 

5,000

 

3,900

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

2,047

 

1,762

 

1,843

 

Net amortization on securities

 

5,168

 

5,573

 

2,400

 

Amortization of core deposit intangible

 

59

 

67

 

42

 

Share based compensation expense

 

1,296

 

1,343

 

1,047

 

Net securities gains

 

(659

)

(2,647

)

(135

)

Increase in accrued interest receivable

 

(212

)

(496

)

(787

)

(Increase) decrease in other assets

 

(11,401

)

(2,287

)

1,593

 

Increase (decrease) in accrued expenses and other liabilities

 

3,483

 

1,737

 

(1,582

)

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

15,224

 

22,824

 

18,680

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchases of securities available for sale

 

(333,359

)

(511,979

)

(302,760

)

Purchases of securities, restricted

 

(164,503

)

(31,355

)

(315

)

Purchases of securities held to maturity

 

(68,251

)

(132,304

)

(83,911

)

Proceeds from sales of securities available for sale

 

129,431

 

151,959

 

14,084

 

Redemption of securities, restricted

 

160,447

 

30,037

 

225

 

Maturities, calls and principal payments of securities available for sale

 

130,411

 

266,095

 

196,886

 

Maturities, calls and principal payments of securities held to maturity

 

76,128

 

89,123

 

61,844

 

Net increase in loans

 

(217,847

)

(186,226

)

(73,029

)

Proceeds from loan sale

 

 

575

 

 

Proceeds from sales of other real estate owned (“OREO”), net

 

218

 

 

 

Purchase of premises and equipment

 

(4,029

)

(3,592

)

(2,031

)

Net cash acquired in business combination

 

 

 

2,309

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

(291,354

)

(327,667

)

(186,698

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net increase in deposits

 

129,757

 

221,137

 

214,252

 

Net increase (decrease) in federal funds purchased and FHLB overnight borrowings

 

77,500

 

44,500

 

(7,000

)

Net increase (decrease) of FHLB term advances

 

25,000

 

15,000

 

(5,016

)

Net (decrease) increase in repurchase agreements

 

(1,020

)

(4,507

)

527

 

Net proceeds from issuance of common stock

 

46,237

 

10,507

 

28,088

 

Net proceeds from exercise of stock options

 

4

 

 

 

Repurchase of surrendered stock from exercise of stock options and vesting of restricted stock awards

 

(291

)

(175

)

(128

)

Excess tax (expense) benefit from share based compensation

 

21

 

(18

)

(16

)

Cash dividends paid

 

(6,754

)

(9,898

)

(6,061

)

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

270,454

 

276,546

 

224,646

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

 

(5,676

)

(28,297

)

56,628

 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

 

51,249

 

79,546

 

22,918

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

 

$

45,573

 

$

51,249

 

$

79,546

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Supplemental Information-Cash Flows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid for:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest

 

$

7,194

 

$

7,727

 

$

7,730

 

Income tax

 

$

5,108

 

$

5,260

 

$

4,550

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Noncash investing and financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Transfers from portfolio loans to loans held for sale

 

$

 

$

 

$

2,300

 

Financing of sale of loans held for sale

 

$

 

$

1,725

 

$

 

Transfers from portfolio loans to OREO

 

$

2,242

 

$

250

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Acquisition of noncash assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value of assets acquired

 

$

 

$

 

$

66,566

 

Fair value of liabilities assumed

 

$

 

$

 

$

65,059

 

 

See accompanying notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

 

Page -40-


Table of Contents

 

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

 

1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

Bridge Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”) is incorporated under the laws of the State of New York and is a registered bank holding company. The Company’s business currently consists of the operations of its wholly-owned subsidiary, The Bridgehampton National Bank (the “Bank”). The Bank’s operations include its real estate investment trust subsidiary, Bridgehampton Community, Inc. (“BCI”) and a financial title insurance subsidiary, Bridge Abstract LLC (“Bridge Abstract”).

 

In addition to the Bank, the Company has another subsidiary, Bridge Statutory Capital Trust II, which was formed in 2009. In accordance with current accounting guidance, the trust is not consolidated in the Company’s financial statements. See Note 8 for a further discussion of Bridge Statutory Capital Trust II.

 

The financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) and general practices within the financial institution industry. The following is a description of the significant accounting policies that the Company follows in preparing its Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

a) Basis of Financial Statement Presentation

 

The accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements are prepared on the accrual basis of accounting and include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiary, the Bank. All material intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated.

 

The preparation of financial statements, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of each consolidated balance sheet and the related consolidated statement of income for the years then ended. Such estimates are subject to change in the future as additional information becomes available or previously existing circumstances are modified. Actual future results could differ significantly from those estimates. The allowance for loan losses, fair values of financial instruments, deferred taxes, prepayment speeds on mortgage-backed securities, and pension assumptions are particularly subject to change.

 

b) Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

For purposes of reporting cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, amounts due from banks, interest earning deposits with banks, and federal funds sold, which mature overnight. Cash flows are reported net for customer loan and deposit transactions, overnight borrowings and federal funds purchased, Federal Home Loan Bank advances, and repurchase agreements.

 

c) Securities

 

Debt and equity securities are classified in one of the following categories: (i) “held to maturity” (management has a positive intent and ability to hold to maturity), which are reported at amortized cost, (ii) “available for sale” (all other debt and marketable equity securities), which are reported at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses reported net of tax, as accumulated other comprehensive income, a separate component of stockholders’ equity, and (iii) “restricted” which represents FHLB, FRB and bankers’ banks stock which are reported at cost.

 

Premiums and discounts on securities are amortized to expense and accreted to income over the estimated life of the respective securities using the interest method. Gains and losses on the sales of securities are recognized upon realization based on the specific identification method. Declines in the fair value of securities below their cost that are other than temporary are reflected as realized losses. In estimating other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”), management considers many factors including: (1) the length of time and extent that fair value has been less than cost, (2) the financial condition and near term prospects of the issuer, (3) whether the market decline was affected by macroeconomic conditions, and (4) whether the Company has the intent to sell the security or more than likely than not will be required to sell the security before its anticipated recovery. If either of the criteria regarding intent or requirement to sell is met, the entire difference between amortized cost and fair value is recognized as impairment through earnings. For debt securities that do not meet the aforementioned criteria, the amount of impairment is split into two components as follows: (1) OTTI related to credit loss, which must be recognized in the income statement and (2) impairment related to other factors, which is recognized in other comprehensive income. The credit loss is defined as the difference between the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected and the amortized cost basis. The assessment of whether any other than temporary decline exists may involve a high degree of subjectivity and judgment and is based on the information available to management at a point in time.

 

 

Page -41-


Table of Contents

 

 

d) Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) Stock

 

The Bank is a member of the FHLB system. Members are required to own a particular amount of stock based on the level of borrowings and other factors, and may invest in additional amounts. FHLB stock is carried at cost and classified as a restricted security, and periodically evaluated for impairment based on ultimate recovery of par value. Both cash and stock dividends are reported as income.

 

e) Loans, Loan Interest Income Recognition and Loans Held for Sale

 

Loans are stated at the principal amount outstanding, net of deferred origination costs and fees and purchase premiums and discounts. Loan origination and commitment fees and certain direct and indirect costs incurred in connection with loan originations are deferred and amortized to income over the life of the related loans as an adjustment to yield. When a loan prepays, the remaining unamortized net deferred origination fees or costs are recognized in the current year. Interest on loans is credited to income based on the principal outstanding during the period.  Past due status is based on the contractual terms of the loan. Loans that are 90 days past due are automatically placed on nonaccrual and previously accrued interest is reversed and charged against interest income. However, if the loan is in the process of collection and the Bank has reasonable assurance that the loan will be fully collectible based upon individual loan evaluation assessing such factors as collateral and collectibility, accrued interest will be recognized as earned.  If a payment is received when a loan is nonaccrual or a troubled debt restructuring loan is nonaccrual, the payment is applied to the principal balance.  A performing troubled debt restructuring loan is on accrual status in line with the modified terms.  Loans are returned to accrual status when all the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and future payments are reasonably assured.

 

A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Bank will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Loans for which the terms have been modified as a concession to the borrower due to the borrower experiencing financial difficulties are considered troubled debt restructurings and are classified as impaired. Loans considered to be troubled debt restructurings can be categorized as nonaccrual or performing. The impairment of a loan is measured at the value of expected future cash flows using the loan’s effective interest rate, or at the loan’s observable market price or the fair value of the collateral less costs to sell if the loan is collateral dependent. Generally, the Bank measures impairment of such loans by reference to the fair value of the collateral less costs to sell. Loans that experience minor payment delays and payment shortfall generally are not classified as impaired.

 

Loans over $50,000 are individually evaluated for impairment.  If a loan is impaired, a portion of the allowance is allocated so that the loan is reported, net, at the present value of estimated future cash flows using the loan’s existing rate or at the fair value of collateral if repayment is expected solely from the collateral.  Loans with balances less than $50,000 are collectively evaluated for impairment, and accordingly, they are not separately identified for impairment disclosures.

 

Loans that were acquired from the acquisition of Hamptons State Bank on May 27, 2011 were initially recorded at fair value with no carryover of the related allowance for loan losses. After acquisition, losses are recognized through the allowance for loan losses. Determining fair value of the loans involves estimating the amount and timing of expected principal and interest cash flows to be collected on the loans and discounting those cash flows at a market interest rate. Some of the loans at time of acquisition showed evidence of credit deterioration since origination. These loans are considered purchase credit impaired loans.

 

For purchased credit impaired loans, the excess of cash flows expected at acquisition over the estimated fair value is referred to as the accretable discount and is recognized into interest income over the remaining life of the loan. The difference between contractually required payments at acquisition and the cash flows expected to be collected at acquisition is referred to as the nonaccretable discount. The nonaccretable discount represents estimated future credit losses expected to be incurred over the life of the loan. Subsequent increases to the expected cash flows result in the reversal of a corresponding amount of the nonaccretable discount which is then reclassified as accretable discount and recognized into interest income over the remaining life of the loan using the interest method. Subsequent decreases to the expected cash flows require us to evaluate the need for an addition to the allowance for loan losses.

 

Purchased credit impaired loans that met the criteria for nonaccrual of interest prior to the acquisition may be considered performing upon acquisition, regardless of whether the customer is contractually delinquent, if management can reasonably estimate the timing and amount of the expected cash flows on such loans and if management expects to fully collect the new carrying value of the loans. As such, management may no longer consider the loans to be nonaccrual or nonperforming and may accrue interest on these loans, including the impact of any accretable discount.

 

Loans held for sale are carried at the lower of aggregate cost, or estimated fair value.  Any subsequent declines in fair value below the initial carrying value are recorded as a valuation allowance, which is established through a charge to noninterest income.

 

Unless otherwise noted, the above policy is applied consistently to all loan classes.

 

 

Page -42-


Table of Contents

 

 

f) Allowance for Loan Losses

 

The allowance for loan losses is a valuation allowance for probable incurred credit losses. The Bank monitors its entire loan portfolio on a regular basis, with consideration given to loan growth, detailed analyses of classified loans, repayment patterns, delinquency status, past loss experience, current economic conditions, and various types of concentrations of credit. Additionally, the Bank considers its credit administration and asset management philosophies and procedures and concentrations in the portfolio when determining the allowances for each pool. The Bank evaluates and considers the credit’s risk rating which includes management’s evaluation of: cash flow, collateral, guarantor support, financial disclosures, industry trends and strength of borrowers’ management, the impact that economic and market conditions may have on the portfolio as well as known and inherent risks in the portfolio. Finally, the Bank evaluates and considers the allowance ratios and coverage percentages of both peer group and regulatory agency data. These evaluations are inherently subjective because, even though they are based on objective data, it is management’s interpretation of that data that determines the amount of the appropriate allowance. If the evaluations prove to be incorrect, the allowance for loan losses may not be sufficient to cover probable incurred losses in the loan portfolio, resulting in additions to the allowance for loan losses.

 

The allowance consists of specific and general components.  The specific component relates to loans that are individually classified as impaired.

 

Additions to the allowance are charged to expense and realized losses, net of recoveries, are charged to the allowance. Based on the determination of management and the Credit Risk Committee, the overall level of allowance is periodically adjusted to account for the inherent and specific risks within the entire portfolio. Based on the Credit Risk Committee’s review of the classified loans and the overall allowance levels as they relate to the entire loan portfolio at December 31, 2013, management believes the allowance for loan losses is adequate.

 

A loan is considered a potential charge-off when it is in default of either principal or interest for a period of 90, 120 or 180 days, depending upon the loan type, as of the end of the prior month. In addition to delinquency criteria, other triggering events may include, but are not limited to, notice of bankruptcy by the borrower or guarantor, death of the borrower, and deficiency balance from the sale of collateral.

 

While management uses available information to recognize losses on loans, future additions to the allowance may be necessary based on changes in conditions. In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of the examination process, periodically review the Bank’s allowance for loan losses. Such agencies may require the Bank to recognize additions to, or charge-offs against, the allowance based on their judgment about information available to them at the time of their examination. Refer to Note 3 for further details.

 

Unless otherwise noted, the above policy is applied consistently to all loan segments.

 

g) Premises and Equipment

 

Buildings, furniture and fixtures and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Buildings and related components are depreciated using the straight-line method using a useful life of fifty years for buildings and a range of two to ten years for equipment, computer hardware and software, and furniture and fixtures. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the lives of the respective leases or the service lives of the improvements, whichever is shorter. Land is recorded at cost.

 

Improvements and major repairs are capitalized, while the cost of ordinary maintenance, repairs and minor improvements are charged to expense.

 

h) Bank-Owned Life Insurance

 

The Bank is the owner and beneficiary of life insurance policies on certain employees.  Bank-owned life insurance (“BOLI”) is recorded at the amount that can be realized under the insurance contract at the balance sheet date, which is the cash surrender value adjusted for other charges or other amounts due that are probable at settlement.

 

i) Other Real Estate Owned

 

Real estate properties acquired through, or in lieu of, foreclosure are initially recorded at fair value less costs to sell when acquired, establishing a new cost basis.  These assets are subsequently accounted for at lower of cost or fair value less estimated costs to sell.  If fair value declines subsequent to foreclosure, a valuation allowance is recorded through expense.  Operating costs after acquisition are charged to expense as incurred.

 

 

Page -43-


Table of Contents

 

 

j) Loan Commitments and Related Financial Instruments

 

Financial instruments include off-balance sheet credit instruments, such as unused lines of credit, commitments to make loans and commercial letters of credit, issued to meet customer-financing needs. The face amount for these items represents the exposure to loss, before considering customer collateral or ability to repay. Such financial instruments are recorded on the balance sheet when they are funded.

 

k) Derivatives

 

The Company records cash flow hedges at the inception of the derivative contract based on the Company’s intentions and belief as to likely effectiveness as a hedge.  Cash flow hedges represent a hedge of a forecasted transaction or the variability of cash flows to be received or paid related to a recognized asset or liability.  For a cash flow hedge, the gain or loss on the derivative is reported in other comprehensive income and is reclassified into earnings in the same periods during which the hedged transaction affects earnings. The changes in the fair value of derivatives that are not highly effective in hedging the changes in fair value or expected cash flows of the hedged item are recognized immediately in current earnings.  Changes in the fair value of derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting are reported currently in earnings, as noninterest income.

 

Net cash settlements on derivatives that qualify for hedge accounting are recorded in interest income or interest expense, based on the item being hedged.  Net cash settlements on derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting are reported in noninterest income. Cash flows on hedges are classified in the cash flow statement the same as the cash flows of the items being hedged.

 

The Company formally documents the relationship between derivatives and hedged items, as well as the risk-management objective and the strategy for undertaking hedge transactions at the inception of the hedging relationship.  This documentation includes linking cash flow hedges to specific assets and liabilities on the balance sheet or to specific firm commitments or forecasted transactions.  The Company also formally assesses, both at the hedge’s inception and on an ongoing basis, whether the derivative instruments that are used are highly effective in offsetting changes in fair values or cash flows of the hedged items. The Company discontinues hedge accounting when it determines that the derivative is no longer effective in offsetting changes in the fair value or cash flows of the hedged item, the derivative is settled or terminates, a hedged forecasted transaction is no longer probable, a hedged firm commitment is no longer firm, or treatment of the derivative as a hedge is no longer appropriate or intended.

 

When hedge accounting is discontinued, subsequent changes in fair value of the derivative are recorded as noninterest income.  A cash flow hedge is discontinued but the hedged cash flows or forecasted transactions are still expected to occur, gains or losses that were accumulated in other comprehensive income are amortized into earnings over the same periods which the hedged transactions will affect earnings.

 

l) Income Taxes

 

The Company follows the asset and liability approach, which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the carrying amounts and the tax bases of assets and liabilities, computed using enacted tax rates. Deferred tax assets are recognized if it is more likely than not that a future benefit will be realized. It is management’s position, as currently supported by the facts and circumstances, that no valuation allowance is necessary against any of the Company’s deferred tax assets.

 

In accordance with FASB ASC 740, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, a tax position is recognized as a benefit only if it is “more likely than not” that the tax position would be sustained in a tax examination, with a tax examination being presumed to occur. The amount recognized is the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized on examination. For tax positions not meeting the “more likely than not” test, no tax benefit is recorded. There are no such tax positions on the Company’s financial statements at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 

The Company recognizes interest and/or penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense. The Company did not have any amounts accrued for interest and penalties at December 31, 2013 or 2012.

 

m) Treasury Stock

 

Repurchases of common stock are recorded as treasury stock at cost. Treasury stock is reissued using the first in, first out method.

 

n) Earnings Per Share

 

Earnings per share is calculated in accordance with FASB ASC 260-10, “Determining Whether Instruments Granted in Share-Based Payment Transactions Are Participating Securities”. This ASC addresses whether instruments granted in share-based payment transactions are participating securities prior to vesting and, therefore, need to be included in the earnings allocation in computing earnings per share (“EPS”). Basic earnings per common share is net income attributable to common shareholders divided by the

 

 

Page -44-


Table of Contents

 

 

weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share, which reflects the potential dilution that could occur if outstanding stock options were exercised and if junior subordinated debentures were converted into common shares, is computed by dividing net income attributable to common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares and common stock equivalents.

 

o) Dividends

 

Cash available for distribution of dividends to stockholders of the Company is primarily derived from cash and cash equivalents of the Company and dividends paid by the Bank to the Company. Prior regulatory approval is required if the total of all dividends declared by the Bank in any calendar year exceeds the total of the Bank’s net income of that year combined with its retained net income of the preceding two years. Dividends from the Bank to the Company at January 1, 2014 are limited to $27.8 million which represents the Bank’s 2013 retained net income and net retained earnings from the previous two years. During 2013, the Bank did not pay dividends to the Company.

 

p) Segment Reporting

 

While management monitors the revenue streams of the various products and services, the identifiable segments are not material and operations are managed and financial performance is evaluated on a Company-wide basis. Accordingly, all of the financial service operations are considered by management to be aggregated in one reportable operating segment.

 

q) Stock Based Compensation Plans

 

Stock based compensation awards are recorded in accordance with FASB ASC No. 718 and 505, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation” which requires companies to record compensation cost for stock options and stock awards granted to employees in return for employee service. The cost is measured at the fair value of the options and awards when granted, and this cost is expensed over the employee service period, which is normally the vesting period of the options and awards.

 

r) Comprehensive Income

 

Comprehensive income includes net income and all other changes in equity during a period, except those resulting from investments by owners and distributions to owners. Other comprehensive income includes revenues, expenses, gains and losses that under generally accepted accounting principles are included in comprehensive income but excluded from net income. Comprehensive income and accumulated other comprehensive income are reported net of deferred income taxes. Accumulated other comprehensive income for the Company includes unrealized holding gains or losses on available for sale securities, unrealized gains or losses on cash flow hedges and changes in the funded status of the pension liability. FASB ASC 715-30 “Compensation – Retirement Benefits – Defined Benefit Plans – Pension” requires employers to recognize the overfunded or underfunded status of a defined benefit postretirement plan as an asset or liability in its statement of financial position and to recognize changes in that funded status in the year the changes occur through comprehensive income. Other comprehensive income is net of reclassification adjustments for realized gains (losses) on sales of available for sale securities.

 

s) Fair Value of Financial Instruments

 

Fair values of financial instruments are estimated using relevant market information and other assumptions, as more fully disclosed in Note 14. Fair value estimates involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment regarding interest rates, credit risk, prepayments, and other factors, especially in the absence of broad markets for particular items. Changes in assumptions or in market conditions could significantly affect the estimates.

 

t) New Accounting Standards

 

In January 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2014-04, “Receivables – Trouble Debt Restructurings by Creditors (Subtopic 310-40):  Reclassification of Residential Real Estate collateralized consumer Mortgage Loans upon Foreclosure.”  ASU 2014-04 clarifies clarify that an in substance repossession or foreclosure occurs, and a creditor is considered to have received physical possession of residential real estate property collateralizing a consumer mortgage loan, upon either (1) the creditor obtaining legal title to the residential real estate property upon completion of a foreclosure or (2) the borrower conveying all interest in the residential real estate property to the creditor to satisfy that loan through completion of a deed in lieu of foreclosure or through a similar legal agreement. Additionally, the amendments in this ASU require interim and annual disclosure of both the amount of foreclosed residential real estate property held by the creditor and the recorded investment in consumer mortgage loans.  ASU 2014-04 is effective for annual periods, and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2014.  The adoption of ASU 2014-04 is not expected to have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

 

Page -45-


Table of Contents

 

 

In July 2013, the FASB issued ASU No. 2013-11, “Income Taxes (Topic 740): Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists.” ASU 2013-11 requires that an unrecognized tax benefit, or a portion of an unrecognized tax benefit, be presented in the financial statements as a reduction to a deferred tax asset for a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward, except to the extent that a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward is not available at the reporting date to settle any additional income taxes that would result from disallowance of a tax position, or the tax law does not require the entity to use, and the entity does not intend to use, the deferred tax asset for such purpose, then the unrecognized tax benefit should be presented as a liability.  Adoption of ASU 2013-11 did not have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

In July 2013, the FASB issued ASU No. 2013-10, “Derivative and Hedging (Topic 815): Inclusion of the Fed funds Effective Swap Rate (or Overnight Index Swap Rate) as a Benchmark Interest Rate for Hedge Accounting Purposes.” The amendments in ASU 2013-10 permit the Fed Funds Effective Swap Rate (or Overnight Index Swap Rate) to be used as a U.S. benchmark interest rate for hedge accounting purposes in addition to UST and LIBOR. The amendments also remove the restriction on using different benchmark rates for similar hedges. The amendments apply to all entities that elect to apply hedge accounting of the benchmark interest rate.  The amendments are effective prospectively for qualifying new or redesignated hedging relationships entered into on or after July 17, 2013. Adoption of ASU 2013-10 did not have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

In February 2013, the FASB issued ASU No. 2013-02, “Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income.” The amendments in ASU 2013-02 require an entity to provide information about the amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by component. In addition, an entity is required to present, either on the face of the statement where net income is presented or in the notes, significant amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by the respective line items of net income but only if the amount reclassified is required under U.S. GAAP to be reclassified to net income in its entirety in the same reporting period. For other amounts that are not required under U.S. GAAP to be reclassified in their entirety to net income, an entity is required to cross-reference to other disclosures required under U.S. GAAP that provide additional details about those amounts. Adoption of ASU 2013-02 did not have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

In July 2012, the FASB issued ASU No. 2012-02, “Intangibles – Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Testing Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets for Impairment.”  ASU 2012-02 permits an assessment of qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events and circumstances indicates that it is more likely than not that the indefinite-lived intangible asset is impaired.  If, after assessing the totality of events and circumstances, it is concluded that it is not more likely than not that the indefinite-lived intangible asset is impaired, then no further action is required.  However, after the same assessment, if it is concluded that it is more like than not that the indefinite-lived intangible asset is impaired, then a quantitative impairment test should be performed whereby the fair value of the indefinite-lived intangible asset is compared to the carrying amount.  The amendments in this guidance are effective for annual and interim impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2012.  Adoption of ASU 201-02 did not have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

u) Reclassifications

 

Certain reclassifications have been made to prior year amounts to conform to the current period presentation.

 

 

Page -46-


Table of Contents

 

 

2. SECURITIES

 

A summary of the amortized cost, gross unrealized gains and losses and fair value of securities is as follows:

 

December 31,

 

2013

 

2012

 

(In thousands)

 

Amortized
Cost

 

Gross
Unrealized
Gains

 

Gross
Unrealized
Losses

 

Fair
Value

 

Amortized
Cost

 

Gross
Unrealized
Gains

 

Gross
Unrealized
Losses

 

Fair
Value

 

Available for sale:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. GSE securities

 

$

164,278

 

$

15

 

$

(11,536

)

$

152,757

 

$

178,421

 

$

377

 

$

(346

)

$

178,452

 

State and municipal obligations

 

62,141

 

602

 

(1,087

)

61,656

 

58,867

 

1,132

 

(36

)

59,963

 

U.S. GSE residential mortgage-backed securities

 

14,609

 

36

 

(210

)

14,435

 

19,462

 

1,135

 

 

20,597

 

U.S. GSE residential collateralized mortgage obligations

 

285,595

 

559

 

(6,963

)

279,191

 

224,226

 

2,762

 

(542

)

226,446

 

U.S. GSE commercial mortgage-backed securities

 

3,076

 

 

(242

)

2,834

 

3,132

 

6

 

 

3,138

 

U.S. GSE commercial collateralized mortgage obligations

 

26,740

 

194

 

(24

)

26,910

 

9,079

 

278

 

 

9,357

 

Non Agency commercial mortgage-backed securities

 

3,658

 

 

(80

)

3,578

 

4,754

 

235

 

 

4,989

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other asset backed securities

 

34,970

 

42

 

(1,194

)

33,818

 

26,588

 

65

 

(525

)

26,128

 

Total available for sale

 

595,067

 

1,448

 

(21,336

)

575,179

 

524,529

 

5,990

 

(1,449

)

529,070

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Held to maturity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. GSE securities

 

11,254

 

 

(375

)

10,879

 

4,992

 

24

 

 

5,016

 

State and municipal obligations

 

67,232

 

863

 

(179

)

67,916

 

98,752

 

2,241

 

(31

)

100,962

 

U.S. GSE residential mortgage-backed securities

 

8,001

 

 

(312

)

7,689

 

9,483

 

26

 

 

9,509

 

U.S. GSE residential collateralized mortgage obligations

 

68,197

 

537

 

(3,655

)

65,079

 

59,388

 

704

 

(404

)

59,688

 

U.S. GSE commercial mortgage-backed securities

 

10,132

 

 

(356

)

9,776

 

10,324

 

350

 

 

10,674

 

U.S. GSE commercial collateralized mortgage obligations

 

13,627

 

 

(706

)

12,921

 

4,975

 

254

 

 

5,229

 

Corporate Bonds

 

22,885

 

203

 

(9

)

23,079

 

22,821

 

134

 

(331

)

22,624

 

Total held to maturity

 

201,328

 

1,603

 

(5,592

)

197,339

 

210,735

 

3,733

 

(766

)

213,702

 

Total securities

 

$

796,395

 

$

3,051

 

$

(26,928

)

$

772,518

 

$

735,264

 

$

9,723

 

$

(2,215

)

$

742,772

 

 

 

Page -47-


Table of Contents

 

 

Securities with unrealized losses at year-end 2013 and 2012, aggregated by category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position, are as follows:

 

December 31,

 

2013

 

2012

 

(In thousands)

 

Less than 12 months

 

Greater than 12 months

 

Less than 12 months

 

Greater than 12 months

 

 

 

Fair
Value

 

Unrealized
losses

 

Fair
Value

 

Unrealized
losses

 

Fair Value

 

Unrealized
losses

 

Fair Value

 

Unrealized
losses

 

Available for sale:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. GSE securities

 

$

128,468

 

$

8,915

 

$

23,966

 

$

2,621

 

$

79,692

 

$

346

 

$

 

$

 

State and municipal obligations

 

 

23,765

 

 

1,046

 

 

966

 

 

41

 

 

13,878

 

 

36

 

 

226

 

 

 

U.S. GSE residential mortgage-backed securities

 

 

10,410

 

 

210

 

 

 

 

 

 

90

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. GSE residential collateralized mortgage obligations

 

 

218,415

 

 

6,476

 

 

12,757

 

 

487

 

 

65,961

 

 

542

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. GSE commercial mortgage-backed securities

 

 

2,834

 

 

242

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. GSE commercial collateralized mortgage obligations

 

 

4,912

 

 

24

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non Agency commercial mortgage-backed securities

 

 

3,578

 

 

80

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other asset backed securities

 

 

21,144

 

 

1,103

 

 

2,906

 

 

91

 

 

18,109

 

 

525

 

 

 

 

 

Total available for sale

 

 

413,526

 

 

18,096

 

 

40,595

 

 

3,240

 

 

177,730

 

 

1,449

 

 

226

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Held to maturity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    U.S. GSE securities

 

 

10,879

 

 

375

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    State and municipal obligations

 

 

24,079

 

 

178

 

 

385

 

 

1

 

 

28,939

 

 

31

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. GSE residential mortgage-backed securities

 

 

7,689

 

 

312

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. GSE residential collateralized mortgage obligations

 

 

29,570

 

 

2,169

 

 

17,752

 

 

1,486

 

 

41,563

 

 

404

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. GSE commercial mortgage-backed securities

 

 

9,776

 

 

356

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. GSE commercial collateralized mortgage obligations

 

 

12,921

 

 

706

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

     Corporate Bonds

 

 

1,993

 

 

7

 

 

999

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

17,669

 

 

331

 

Total held to maturity

 

$

96,907

 

$

4,103

 

$

19,136

 

$

1,489

 

$

70,502

 

$

435

 

$

17,669

 

$

331

 

 

Unrealized losses on securities have not been recognized into income, as the losses on these securities would be expected to dissipate as they approach their maturity dates. The Company evaluates securities for other-than-temporary impairment periodically and with increased frequency when economic or market concerns warrant such evaluation. Consideration is given to the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, whether the market decline was affected by macroeconomic conditions, and whether the Company has the intent to sell the security or more than likely than not will be required to sell the security before its anticipated recovery. In analyzing an issuer’s financial condition, the Company may consider whether the securities are issued by the federal government or its entities, whether downgrades by bond rating agencies have occurred, and the issuer’s financial condition.

 

At December 31, 2013, the majority of unrealized losses on available for sale securities are related to the Company’s U.S. GSE residential collateralized mortgage obligations and U.S. GSE securities. The majority of unrealized losses on held to maturity securities are related to U.S. GSE residential collateralized mortgage obligations.  The decrease in fair value of the U.S. GSE residential collateralized mortgage obligations, and the U.S. GSE securities portfolio is attributable to changes in interest rates and not credit quality. The Company does not have the intent to sell these securities and it is more likely than not that it will not be required to sell the securities before their anticipated recovery. Therefore, the Company does not consider these securities to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2013.

 

 

Page -48-


Table of Contents

 

 

The following table sets forth the fair value, amortized cost and maturities of the securities at December 31, 2013. Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

 

December 31, 2013

 

Within
One Year

 

After One But
Within Five Years

 

After Five But
Within Ten Years

 

After
Ten Years

 

Total

(In thousands)

 

Fair Value
Amount

 

Amortized
Cost
Amount

 

Fair Value
Amount

 

Amortized
Cost
Amount

 

Fair Value
Amount

 

Amortized
Cost
Amount

 

Fair Value
Amount

 

Amortized
Cost
Amount

 

Fair Value
Amount

 

Amortized
Cost
Amount

Available for sale:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. GSE securities

 

$

 

$

 

$

23,309

 

$

23,905

 

$

113,389

 

$

122,040

 

$

16,059

 

$

18,333

 

$

152,757

 

$

164,278

State and municipal obligations

 

 

10,416

 

 

10,375

 

 

41,355

 

 

41,062

 

 

2,777

 

 

2,827

 

 

7,108

 

 

7,877

 

 

61,656

 

 

62,141

U.S. GSE residential mortgage-backed securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10,634

 

 

10,690

 

 

3,801

 

 

3,919

 

 

14,435

 

 

14,609

U.S. GSE residential collateralized mortgage obligations

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,786

 

 

1,784

 

 

1,659

 

 

1,645

 

 

275,746

 

 

282,166

 

 

279,191

 

 

285,595

U.S. GSE commercial mortgage-backed securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,834

 

 

3,076

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,834

 

 

3,076

U.S. GSE commercial collateralized mortgage obligations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

26,910

 

 

26,740

 

 

26,910

 

 

26,740

Non Agency commercial mortgage-backed securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,578

 

 

3,658

 

 

3,578

 

 

3,658

Other Asset backed securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,888

 

 

7,997

 

 

25,930

 

 

26,973

 

 

33,818

 

 

34,970

Total available for sale

 

 

10,416

 

 

10,375

 

 

66,450

 

 

66,751

 

 

139,181

 

 

148,275

 

 

359,132

 

 

369,666

 

 

575,179

 

 

595,067

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Held to maturity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U. S. GSE securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10,879

 

 

11,254

 

 

 

 

 

 

10,879

 

 

11,254

State and municipal obligations

 

 

26,645

 

 

26,539

 

 

12,735

 

 

12,647

 

 

13,820

 

 

13,540

 

 

14,716

 

 

14,506

 

 

67,916

 

 

67,232

U.S. GSE residential mortgage-backed securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,689

 

 

8,001

 

 

7,689

 

 

8,001

U.S. GSE residential collateralized mortgage obligations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

284

 

 

277

 

 

64,795

 

 

67,920

 

 

65,079

 

 

68,197

U.S. GSE commercial mortgage-backed securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9,776

 

 

10,132

 

 

 

 

 

 

9,776

 

 

10,132

U.S. GSE commercial collateralized mortgage obligations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12,921

 

 

13,627

 

 

12,921

 

 

13,627

Corporate Bonds

 

 

 

 

 

 

23,079

 

 

22,885

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

23,079

 

 

22,885

Total held to maturity

 

 

26,645

 

 

26,539

 

 

35,814

 

 

35,532

 

 

34,759

 

 

35,203

 

 

100,121

 

 

104,054

 

 

197,339

 

 

201,328

Total securities

 

$

37,061

 

$

36,914

 

$

102,264

 

$

102,283

 

$

173,940

 

$

183,478

 

$

459,253

 

$

473,720

 

$

772,518

 

$

796,395

 

There were $129.4 million of proceeds on sales of available for sale securities with gross gains of approximately $1.5 million and gross losses of approximately $0.8 million realized in 2013.  There were $152.0 million of proceeds on sales of available for sale securities with gross gains of approximately $3.2 million and gross losses of approximately $0.6 million realized in 2012.  There were $14.1 million of proceeds on sales of available for sale securities with gross gains of approximately $0.1 million and gross losses of approximately $0.01 realized in 2011.

 

Securities having a fair value of approximately $397.5 million and $333.0 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, were pledged to secure public deposits and Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve Bank overnight borrowings. The Company did not hold any trading securities during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.

 

As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, there was one issuer, other than U.S. Government and its Sponsored Entities, where the Bank had invested holdings that exceeded 10% of consolidated stockholder’s equity and represented 14% and 13% of consolidated stockholder’s equity, respectively.  These assets are more than 95% backed by a U.S. Government guarantee.

 

 

Page -49-


Table of Contents

 

 

3. LOANS

 

The following table sets forth the major classifications of loans:

 

December 31,

 

2013

 

2012

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate mortgage loans

 

$

484,900

 

$

332,782

 

Multi-family mortgage loans

 

 

107,488

 

 

66,080

 

Residential real estate mortgage loans

 

 

153,417

 

 

143,703

 

Commercial, financial and agricultural loans

 

 

209,452

 

 

197,448

 

Real estate construction and land loans

 

 

46,981

 

 

48,632

 

Installment/consumer loans

 

 

9,287

 

 

9,167

 

Total loans

 

 

1,011,525

 

 

797,812

 

Net deferred loan costs and fees

 

 

1,738

 

 

634

 

 

 

 

1,013,263

 

 

798,446

 

Allowance for loan losses

 

 

(16,001

)

 

(14,439

)

Net loans

 

$

997,262

 

$

784,007

 

 

Lending Risk

 

The principal business of the Bank is lending, primarily in commercial real estate mortgage loans, multi-family mortgage loans, residential real estate mortgage loans, construction loans, home equity loans, commercial and industrial loans, land loans and consumer loans. The Bank considers its primary lending area to be eastern Long Island in Suffolk County, New York, and a substantial portion of the Bank’s loans are secured by real estate in this area. Accordingly, the ultimate collectibility of such a loan portfolio is susceptible to changes in market and economic conditions in this region.

 

Commercial Real Estate Mortgages

 

Loans in this classification include income producing investment properties and owner occupied real estate used for business purposes. The underlying properties are generally located largely in our primary market area. The cash flows of the income producing investment properties are adversely impacted by a downturn in the economy as evidenced by increased vacancy rates, which in turn, will have an effect on credit quality. Generally, management seeks to obtain annual financial information for borrowers with loans in excess of $0.25 million in this category. In the case of owner-occupied real estate used for business purposes, a weakened economy and resultant decreased consumer and/or business spending will have an adverse effect on credit quality.

 

Multi-Family Mortgages

 

Loans in this classification include income producing residential investment properties of 5 or more families. The loans are usually made in areas with limited single family residences generating high demand for these facilities.  Loans are made to established owners with a proven and demonstrable record of strong performance. Loans are secured by a first mortgage lien on the subject property with a loan to value ratio generally not exceeding 75%. Repayment is derived generally from the rental income generated from the property and maybe supplemented by the owners’ personal cash flow. Credit risk arises with an increase in vacancy rates, property mismanagement and the predominance of non-recourse loans that are customary in the industry. 

 

Residential Real Estate Mortgages and Home Equity Loans

 

Loans in these classifications are made to and secured by owner-occupied residential real estate and repayment is dependent on the credit quality of the individual borrower. The overall health of the economy, including unemployment rates and housing prices, will have an effect on the credit quality in this loan class. The Bank generally does not originate loans with a loan-to-value ratio greater than 80% and does not grant subprime loans.

 

Commercial, Industrial and Agricultural Loans

 

Loans in this classification are made to businesses. Generally these loans are secured by assets of the business and repayment is expected from the cash flows of the business. A weakened economy, and resultant decreased consumer and/or business spending will have an effect on the credit quality in this loan class.

 

Real Estate Construction and Land Loans

 

Loans in this classification primarily include land loans to local individuals, contractors and developers for developing the land for sale or for the purpose of making improvements thereon. Repayment is derived primarily from sale of the lots/units including any pre-

 

 

Page -50-


Table of Contents

 

 

sold units. Credit risk is affected by market conditions, time to sell at an adequate price and cost overruns. To a lesser extent this class includes commercial development projects that the Company finances, which in most cases require interest only during construction, and then convert to permanent financing. Credit risk is affected by construction delays, cost overruns, market conditions and the availability of permanent financing; to the extent such permanent financing is not being provided by us.

 

Installment and Consumer Loans

 

Loans in this classification may be either secured or unsecured and repayment is dependent on the credit quality of the individual borrower and, if applicable, sale of the collateral securing the loan such as automobiles. Therefore, the overall health of the economy, including unemployment rates and housing prices, will have an effect on the credit quality in this loan class.

 

Allowance for Loan Losses

 

The allowance for loan losses is established and maintained through a provision for loan losses based on probable incurred losses inherent in the Bank’s loan portfolio. Management evaluates the adequacy of the allowance on a quarterly basis. The allowance is comprised of both individual valuation allowances and loan pool valuation allowances.

 

The Bank monitors its entire loan portfolio on a regular basis, with consideration given to detailed analysis of classified loans, repayment patterns, probable incurred losses, past loss experience, current economic conditions, and various types of concentrations of credit. Additions to the allowance are charged to expense and realized losses, net of recoveries, are charged to the allowance.

 

Individual valuation allowances are established in connection with specific loan reviews and the asset classification process including the procedures for impairment testing under FASB Accounting Standard Codification (“ASC”) No. 310, “Receivables”. Such valuation, which includes a review of loans for which full collectibility in accordance with contractual terms is not reasonably assured, considers the estimated fair value of the underlying collateral less the costs to sell, if any, or the present value of expected future cash flows, or the loan’s observable market value. Any shortfall that exists from this analysis results in a specific allowance for the loan. Pursuant to our policy, loan losses must be charged-off in the period the loans, or portions thereof, are deemed uncollectible. Assumptions and judgments by management, in conjunction with outside sources, are used to determine whether full collectibility of a loan is not reasonably assured. These assumptions and judgments are also used to determine the estimates of the fair value of the underlying collateral or the present value of expected future cash flows or the loan’s observable market value. Individual valuation allowances could differ materially as a result of changes in these assumptions and judgments. Individual loan analyses are periodically performed on specific loans considered impaired. The results of the individual valuation allowances are aggregated and included in the overall allowance for loan losses.

 

Loan pool valuation allowances represent loss allowances that have been established to recognize the inherent risks associated with our lending activities, but which, unlike individual allowances, have not been allocated to particular problem assets. Pool evaluations are broken down into loans with homogenous characteristics by loan type and include commercial real estate mortgages, multi-family mortgage loans, home equity loans, residential real estate mortgages, commercial and industrial loans, real estate construction and land loans and consumer loans.  The determination of the adequacy of the valuation allowance is a process that takes into consideration a variety of factors. The Bank has developed a range of valuation allowances necessary to adequately provide for probable incurred losses inherent in each pool of loans. We consider our own charge-off history along with the growth in the portfolio as well as the Bank’s credit administration and asset management philosophies and procedures when determining the allowances for each pool. In addition, we evaluate and consider the credit’s risk rating which includes management’s evaluation of: cash flow, collateral, guarantor support, financial disclosures, industry trends and strength of borrowers’ management, the impact that economic and market conditions may have on the portfolio as well as known and inherent risks in the portfolio. Finally, we evaluate and consider the allowance ratios and coverage percentages of both peer group and regulatory agency data. These evaluations are inherently subjective because, even though they are based on objective data, it is management’s interpretation of that data that determines the amount of the appropriate allowance. If the evaluations prove to be incorrect, the allowance for loan losses may not be sufficient to cover losses inherent in the loan portfolio, resulting in additions to the allowance for loan losses.

 

The Credit Risk Committee is comprised of members of both management and the Board of Directors. The adequacy of the allowance is analyzed quarterly, with any adjustment to a level deemed appropriate by the Credit Risk Committee, based on its risk assessment of the entire portfolio. Based on the Credit Risk Committee’s review of the classified loans and the overall allowance levels as they relate to the entire loan portfolio at December 31, 2013 and 2012, management believes the allowance for loan losses has been established at levels sufficient to cover the probable incurred losses in the Bank’s loan portfolio. Future additions or reductions to the allowance may be necessary based on changes in economic, market or other conditions. Changes in estimates could result in a material change in the allowance. In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of the examination process, periodically review the allowance for loan losses. Such agencies may require the Bank to recognize adjustments to the allowance based on their judgments of the information available to them at the time of their examination.

 

 

Page -51-


Table of Contents

 

 

The following table sets forth changes in the allowance for loan losses:

 

December 31,

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses balance at beginning of period

 

$

14,439

 

$

10,837

 

$

8,497

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Charge-offs

 

(916

)

(1,510

)

(1,681

)

Recoveries

 

128

 

112

 

121

 

Net charge-offs

 

(788

)

(1,398

)

(1,560

)

Provision for loan losses charged to operations

 

2,350

 

5,000

 

3,900

 

Balance at end of period

 

$

16,001

 

$

14,439

 

$

10,837

 

 

The following table represents the balance in the allowance for loan losses and the recorded investment in loans by portfolio segment, as defined under ASC 310-10, and based on impairment method as of December 31, 2013 and 2012. The loan segment represents the categories that the Bank develops to determine its allowance for loan losses.

 

December 31, 2013

 

Commercial Real
Estate Mortgage
Loans

 

 

Multi-family
Loans

 

Residential Real
Estate
Mortgage Loans

 

Commercial,
Financial and
Agricultural
Loans

 

Real Estate
Construction
and Land
Loans

 

Installment/
Consumer
Loans

 

 

Total

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for Loan Losses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning balance

 

$

4,445

 

$

1,239

 

$

2,803

 

$

4,349

 

$

1,375

 

$

228

 

$

14,439

 

Charge-offs

 

 

 

(420

)

(420

)

(23

)

(53

)

(916

)

Recoveries

 

 

 

34

 

87

 

2

 

5

 

128

 

Provision

 

1,834

 

358

 

295

 

(10

)

(148

)

21

 

2,350

 

Ending balance

 

$

6,279

 

$

1,597

 

$

2,712

 

$

4,006

 

$

1,206

 

$

201

 

$

16,001

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment

 

$

116

 

$

 

$

122

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

238

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment

 

$

6,163

 

$

1,597

 

$

2,590

 

$

4,006

 

$

1,206

 

$

201

 

$

15,763

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending balance: loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans

 

$

484,900

 

$

107,488

 

$

153,417

 

$

209,452

 

$

46,981

 

$

9,287

 

$

1,011,525

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment

 

$

5,950

 

$

 

$

2,382

 

$

526

 

$

 

$

 

$

8,858

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment

 

$

478,129

 

$

107,488

 

$

151,035

 

$

208,677

 

$

46,641

 

$

9,287

 

$

1,001,257

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending balance: loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality

 

$

821

 

$

 

$

 

$

249

 

$

340

 

$

 

$

1,410

 

 

 

Page -52-


Table of Contents

 

 

December 31, 2012

 

Commercial
Real Estate
Mortgage
Loans

 

Multi-family
Loans

 

Residential Real
Estate Mortgage
Loans

 

Commercial,
Financial and
Agricultural
Loans

 

Real Estate
Construction and
Land Loans

 

Installment/
Consumer
Loans

 

 

Total

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for Loan Losses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning balance

 

$

3,530

 

$

395

 

$

2,280

 

$

2,895

 

$

1,465

 

$

272

 

$

10,837

 

Charge-offs

 

 

 

(1,210

)

(285

)

 

(15

)

(1,510

)

Recoveries

 

 

 

7

 

83

 

 

22

 

112

 

Provision

 

915

 

844

 

1,726

 

1,656

 

(90

)

(51

)

5,000

 

Ending balance

 

$

4,445

 

$

1,239

 

$

2,803

 

$

4,349

 

$

1,375

 

$

228

 

$

14,439

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment

 

$

 

$

 

$

141

 

$

228

 

$

 

$

 

$

369

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment

 

$

4,445

 

$

1,239

 

$

2,662

 

$

4,121

 

$

1,375

 

$

228

 

$

14,070

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending balance: loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans

 

$

332,782

 

$

66,080

 

$

143,703

 

$

197,448

 

$

48,632

 

$

9,167

 

$

797,812

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment

 

$

4,776

 

$

 

$

2,549

 

$

883

 

$

 

$

 

$

8,208

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment

 

$

327,282

 

$

66,080

 

$

141,154

 

$

196,350

 

$

48,331

 

$

9,167

 

$

788,364

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending balance: loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality

 

$

724

 

$

 

$

 

$

215

 

$

301

 

$

 

$

1,240

 

 

The Company has an immaterial amount of purchased loans as a result of the acquisition of Hamptons State Bank in 2011, for which there was, at acquisition, evidence of deterioration of credit quality since origination and it was probable, at acquisition, that all contractually required payments would not be collected. These loans are referred to as loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality in the table above.

 

Credit Quality Indicators

 

The Company categorizes loans into risk categories based on relevant information about the ability of borrowers to service their debt including repayment patterns, probable incurred losses, past loss experience, current economic conditions, and various types of concentrations of credit. Assigned risk rating grades are continuously updated as new information is obtained. Loans risk rated special mention, substandard and doubtful are reviewed on a quarterly basis. The Company uses the following definitions for risk rating grades:

 

Pass: Loans classified as pass include current loans performing in accordance with contractual terms, pools of homogenous residential real estate and installment/consumer loans that are not individually risk rated and loans which exhibit certain risk factors that require greater than usual monitoring by management.

 

Special mention: Loans classified as special mention, while generally not delinquent, have potential weaknesses that deserve management’s close attention. If left uncorrected, these potential weaknesses may result in deterioration of the repayment prospects for the loan or in the Bank’s credit position at some future date.

 

Substandard: Loans classified as substandard have a well-defined weakness or weaknesses that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt. There is a distinct possibility that the Bank will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected.

 

Doubtful: Loans classified as doubtful have all the weaknesses inherent in a substandard loan, and may also be at delinquency status and have defined weaknesses based on currently existing facts, conditions and values making collection or liquidation in full highly questionable and improbable.

 

 

Page -53-


Table of Contents

 

 

The following table represents loans by class categorized by internally assigned risk grades:

 

 

 

Grades:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2013

 

Pass

 

Special Mention

 

Substandard

 

Doubtful

 

Total

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Owner occupied

 

$

164,502

 

$

11,828

 

$

7,336

 

$

 

$

183,666

 

Non-owner occupied

 

291,758

 

5,490

 

3,986

 

 

301,234

 

Multi-family loans

 

107,488

 

 

 

 

107,488

 

Residential real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

First lien

 

87,288

 

264

 

2,847

 

 

90,399

 

Home equity

 

60,285

 

1,014

 

1,719

 

 

63,018

 

Commercial:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Secured

 

69,475

 

4,320

 

2,175

 

 

75,970

 

Unsecured

 

128,655

 

3,749

 

1,078

 

 

133,482

 

Real estate construction and land loans

 

46,311

 

 

670

 

 

46,981

 

Installment/consumer loans

 

9,144

 

44

 

99

 

 

9,287

 

Total loans

 

$

964,906

 

$

26,709

 

$

19,910

 

$

 

$

1,011,525

 

 

 

 

Grades:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2012

 

Pass

 

Special Mention

 

Substandard

 

Doubtful

 

Total

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Owner occupied

 

$

138,675

 

$

11,285

 

$

11,039

 

$

 

$

160,999

 

Non-owner occupied

 

159,967

 

7,523

 

4,293

 

 

171,783

 

Multi-family loans

 

66,080

 

 

 

 

66,080

 

Residential real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

First lien

 

72,158

 

 

2,846

 

717

 

75,721

 

Home equity

 

65,955

 

745

 

1,282

 

 

67,982

 

Commercial:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Secured

 

81,661

 

1,447

 

5,605

 

 

88,713

 

Unsecured

 

105,454

 

1,948

 

1,234

 

99

 

108,735

 

Real estate construction and land loans

 

45,178

 

 

3,454

 

 

48,632

 

Installment/consumer loans

 

9,058

 

 

109

 

 

9,167

 

Total loans

 

$

744,186

 

$

22,948

 

$

29,862

 

$

816

 

$

797,812

 

 

 

Page -54-


Table of Contents

 

 

Past Due and Nonaccrual Loans

 

The following table represents the aging of the recorded investment in past due loans as of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 by class of loans, as defined by ASC 310-10:

 

December 31, 2013

 

30-59 Days
Past Due

 

60-89 Days
Past Due

 

>90 Days
Past Due
And
Accruing

 

Nonaccrual
Including 90
Days or More
Past Due

 

Total Past
Due and
Nonaccrual

 

Current

 

Total Loans

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Owner occupied

 

$

327

 

$

201

 

$

1

 

$

1,072

 

$

1,601

 

$

182,065

 

$

183,666

 

Non-owner occupied

 

 

193

 

 

617

 

810

 

300,424

 

301,234

 

Multi-family loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

107,488

 

107,488

 

Residential real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

First lien

 

329

 

 

 

1,286

 

1,615

 

88,784

 

90,399

 

Home equity

 

341

 

127

 

 

767

 

1,235

 

61,783

 

63,018

 

Commercial:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Secured

 

 

 

 

58

 

58

 

75,912

 

75,970

 

Unsecured

 

 

20

 

 

21

 

41

 

133,441

 

133,482

 

Real estate construction and land loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

46,981

 

46,981

 

Installment/consumer loans

 

5

 

6

 

 

 

11

 

9,276

 

9,287

 

Total loans

 

$

1,002

 

$

547

 

$

1

 

$

3,821

 

$

5,371

 

$

1,006,154

 

$

1,011,525

 

 

December 31, 2012

 

30-59 Days
Past Due

 

60-89 Days
Past Due

 

>90 Days
Past Due
And
Accruing

 

Nonaccrual
Including 90
Days or More
Past Due

 

Total Past
Due and
Nonaccrual

 

Current

 

Total Loans

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Owner occupied

 

$

 

$

1,265

 

$

491

 

$

492

 

$

2,248

 

$

158,751

 

$

160,999

 

Non-owner occupied

 

 

 

 

 

 

171,783

 

171,783

 

Multi-family loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

66,080

 

66,080

 

Residential real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

First lien

 

 

158

 

 

1,203

 

1,361

 

74,360

 

75,721

 

Home equity

 

965

 

 

 

1,010

 

1,975

 

66,007

 

67,982

 

Commercial:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Secured

 

 

 

 

136

 

136

 

88,577

 

88,713

 

Unsecured

 

22

 

 

 

426

 

448

 

108,287

 

108,735

 

Real estate construction and land loans

 

 

 

 

22

 

22

 

48,610

 

48,632

 

Installment/consumer loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

9,167

 

9,167

 

Total loans

 

$

987

 

$

1,423

 

$

491

 

$

3,289

 

$

6,190

 

$

791,622

 

$

797,812

 

 

All loans 90 days or more past due that are still accruing interest represent loans that were acquired from Hamptons State Bank on May 27, 2011 and were recorded at fair value upon acquisition. These loans are considered to be accruing as management can reasonably estimate future cash flows on these acquired loans and expect to fully collect the carrying value of these loans. Therefore, the difference between the carrying value of these loans and their expected cash flows is being accreted into income.

 

 

Page -55-


Table of Contents

 

 

Impaired Loans

 

As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company had impaired loans as defined by FASB ASC No. 310, “Receivables” of $8.9 million and $8.2 million, respectively. For a loan to be considered impaired, management determines after review whether it is probable that the Bank will not be able to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Management applies its normal loan review procedures in making these judgments. Impaired loans include individually classified nonaccrual loans and troubled debt restructured (“TDR”) loans. For impaired loans, the Bank evaluates the impairment of the loan in accordance with FASB ASC 310-10-35-22.  Impairment is determined based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate. For loans that are collateral dependent, the fair value of the collateral is used to determine the fair value of the loan. The fair value of the collateral is determined based upon recent appraised values. The fair value of the collateral or present value of expected cash flows is compared to the carrying value to determine if any write-down or specific loan loss allowance allocation is required. These methods of fair value measurement for impaired loans are considered level 3 within the fair value hierarchy described in FASB ASC 820-10-50-5.

 

The following tables represent impaired loans by class at December 31, 2013 and 2012:

 

December 31, 2013

 

Recorded
Investment

 

Unpaid
Principal
Balance

 

Related
Allocated
Allowance

 

Average
Recorded
Investment

 

Interest
Income
Recognized

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

With no related allowance recorded:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Owner occupied

 

$

3,696

 

$

3,805

 

$

 

$

3,730

 

$

118

 

Non-owner occupied

 

917

 

917

 

 

917

 

60

 

Residential real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

First lien

 

1,463

 

2,213

 

 

1,482

 

26

 

Home equity

 

689

 

1,046

 

 

633

 

 

Commercial:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Secured

 

352

 

352

 

 

450

 

26

 

Unsecured

 

174

 

 

 

232

 

59

 

Total with no related allowance recorded

 

7,291

 

8,333

 

 

7,444

 

289

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

With an allowance recorded:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate – Owner occupied

 

720

 

720

 

94

 

420

 

 

Commercial real estate – Non-owner occupied

 

617

 

617

 

22

 

515

 

 

Residential real estate – First Lien

 

152

 

156

 

42

 

141

 

 

Residential real Estate – Home equity

 

78

 

89

 

80

 

81

 

 

Total with an allowance recorded

 

1,567

 

1,582

 

238

 

1,157

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Owner occupied

 

4,416

 

4,525

 

94

 

4,150

 

118

 

Non-owner occupied

 

1,534

 

1,534

 

22

 

1,432

 

60

 

Residential real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

First lien

 

1,615

 

2,369

 

42

 

1,623

 

26

 

Home equity

 

767

 

1,135

 

80

 

714

 

 

Commercial:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Secured

 

352

 

352

 

 

450

 

26

 

Unsecured

 

174

 

 

 

232

 

59

 

Total

 

$

8,858

 

$

9,915

 

$

238

 

$

8,601

 

$

289

 

 

 

Page -56-


Table of Contents

 

 

December 31, 2012

 

Recorded
Investment

 

Unpaid Principal
Balance

 

Related
Allocated
Allowance

 

Average
Recorded
Investment

 

Interest Income
Recognized

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

With no related allowance recorded:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Owner occupied

 

$

3,860

 

$

3,931

 

$

 

$

3,816

 

$

116

 

Non-owner occupied

 

916

 

916

 

 

916

 

61

 

Residential real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

First lien

 

1,539

 

2,151

 

 

1,484

 

35

 

Home equity

 

736

 

1,094

 

 

768

 

 

Commercial:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Secured

 

515

 

520

 

 

281

 

14

 

Unsecured

 

95

 

97

 

 

42

 

 

Real estate construction and land loans

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

Total with no related allowance recorded

 

7,661

 

8,709

 

 

7,309

 

226

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

With an allowance recorded:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential real estate – Home equity

 

274

 

287

 

141

 

244

 

 

Commercial - Unsecured

 

273

 

302

 

228

 

236

 

 

Total with an allowance recorded

 

547

 

589

 

369

 

480

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Owner occupied

 

3,860

 

3,931

 

 

3,816

 

116

 

Non-owner occupied

 

916

 

916

 

 

916

 

61

 

Residential real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

First lien

 

1,539

 

2,151

 

 

1,484

 

35

 

Home equity

 

1,010

 

1,381

 

141

 

1,012

 

 

Commercial:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Secured

 

515

 

520

 

 

281

 

14

 

Unsecured

 

368

 

399

 

228

 

278

 

 

Real estate construction and land loans

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

Total

 

$

8,208

 

$

9,298

 

$

369

 

$

7,789

 

$

226

 

 

The recorded investment in loans excludes accrued interest receivable and loan origination fees, net due to immateriality. For purposes of this disclosure, the unpaid principal balance is not reduced for partial charge-offs.

 

The Bank had $2.2 million foreclosed real estate owned at December 31, 2013 and $0.3 million at December 31, 2012.

 

 

Page -57-


Table of Contents

 

 

Troubled Debt Restructurings

 

The terms of certain loans were modified and are considered troubled debt restructurings (“TDR”). The modification of the terms of such loans included one or a combination of the following: a reduction of the stated interest rate of the loan; an extension of the maturity date at a stated rate of interest lower than the current market rate for new debt with similar risk; or a permanent reduction of the recorded investment in the loan. The modification of these loans involved a loan to borrowers who were experiencing financial difficulties.

 

In order to determine whether a borrower is experiencing financial difficulty, an evaluation is performed to determine if that borrower is currently in payment default under any of its obligations or whether there is a probability that the borrower will be in payment default on any of its debt in the foreseeable future without the modification. This evaluation is performed under the Company’s internal underwriting policy.

 

The following table presents loans by class modified as troubled debt restructurings that occurred during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012:

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

Number of
Contracts

 

Pre-Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment

 

Post-Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment

 

Number of
Contracts

 

Pre-Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment

 

Post-Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trouble Debt Restructurings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Owner occupied

 

1

 

$

720

 

$

720

 

1

 

$

163

 

$

160

 

Non-owner occupied

 

1

 

620

 

620

 

 

 

 

Multi-Family

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

First lien

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Home equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Secured

 

 

 

 

1

 

387

 

380

 

Unsecured

 

1

 

33

 

33

 

1

 

42

 

39

 

Real estate construction and land loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Installment/consumer loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total loans

 

3

 

$

1,373

 

$

1,373

 

3

 

$

592

 

$

579

 

 

 

The TDRs described above did not increase the allowance for loan losses and there were no charge offs during the year ended December 31, 2013.  The TDRs for the year ended December 31, 2012 did not increase the allowance for loan losses but had related charge offs of $0.4 million.

 

There was one loan modified as a TDR during 2013 for which there was a payment default within twelve months following the modification.  A loan is considered to be in payment default once it is 30 days contractually past due under the modified terms.

 

At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company had $2.0 million and $1.0 million, respectively of nonaccrual TDR loans and $5.1 million and $5.0 million respectively of performing TDRs. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, total nonaccrual TDR loans are secured with collateral that has an appraised value of $2.3 million and $2.7 million, respectively.

 

The terms of certain other loans were modified during the year ended December 31, 2013 that did not meet the definition of a TDR. These loans have a total recorded investment as of December 31, 2013 of $22.2 million. The modification of these loans involved a modification of the terms of loans to borrowers who were not experiencing financial difficulties.

 

 

 

Page -58-


Table of Contents

 

 

 

Related Party Loans

 

Certain directors, executive officers, and their related parties, including their immediate families and companies in which they are principal owners, were loan customers of the Bank during 2013 and 2012.

 

The following table sets forth selected information about related party loans at December 31, 2013:

 

 

 

Balance

Outstanding

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

 

$

1,271

 

 

 

New loans

 

2,800

 

 

 

Effective change in related parties

 

 

 

 

Advances

 

17

 

 

 

Repayments

 

(1,037

)

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2013

 

$

3,051

 

 

 

 

4. PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

 

Premises and equipment consist of:

 

December 31,

 

2013

 

2012

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

Land

 

$

7,362

 

$

7,174

 

Building and improvements

 

14,197

 

13,837

 

Furniture, fixtures and equipment

 

16,558

 

15,229

 

Leasehold improvements

 

8,065

 

6,803

 

 

 

$

46,182

 

$

43,043

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization

 

(18,199

)

(17,042

)

Total

 

$

27,983

 

$

26,001

 

 

5. DEPOSITS

 

Time Deposits

 

The following table sets forth the remaining maturities of the Bank’s time deposits at December 31, 2013:

 

 

 

Less than

$100,000

 

$100,000 or

Greater

 

Total

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2014

 

$

22,169

 

$

38,705

 

$

60,874

 

2015

 

5,703

 

10,247

 

15,950

 

2016

 

882

 

2,437

 

3,319

 

2017

 

2,900

 

6,774

 

9,674

 

2018

 

4,796

 

6,282

 

11,078

 

Total

 

$

36,450

 

$

64,445

 

$

100,895

 

 

Deposits from principal officers, directors and their affiliates at December 31, 2013 and 2012 were approximately $2.7 million and $5.5 million, respectively. Public fund deposits at December 31, 2013 and 2012 were $310.0 million and $269.8 million, respectively.

 

6. SECURITIES SOLD UNDER AGREEMENTS TO REPURCHASE

 

At December 31, 2013 and 2012, securities sold under agreements to repurchase totaled $11.4 million and $12.4 million, respectively, and were secured by U.S. GSE, residential mortgage-backed securities and residential collateralized mortgage obligations carrying amounts of $17.5 million and $17.1 million and $23.3 million, respectively.

 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase are financing arrangements with $1.4 million maturing during the first quarter of 2014 and $10.0 million maturing during the first quarter of 2015. At maturity, the securities underlying the agreements are returned to the Company. Information concerning the securities sold under agreements to repurchase is summarized as follows:

 

 

 

Page -59-


Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average daily balance during the year

 

$

11,770

 

$

13,016

 

$

16,715

 

Average interest rate during the year

 

3.17

%

3.01

%

3.23

%

Maximum month-end balance during the year

 

$

12,903

 

$

16,722

 

$

17,469

 

Weighted average interest rate at year-end

 

3.13

%

2.99

%

3.18

%

 

7. FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK ADVANCES

 

At December 31, 2013 there were two Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) term advances totaling $40.0 million with an average fixed interest rate of 0.46% that will mature during the first quarter of 2014.  At December 31, 2012, there was one term advance outstanding for $15.0 million with a fixed interest rate of 0.39% that matured during the first quarter of 2013.  Overnight borrowings totaled $58.0 million with a fixed interest rate of 0.40% at December 31, 2013.  There were none as of December 31, 2012.

 

Each advance is payable at its maturity date, with a prepayment penalty for fixed rate advances.  The advances were collateralized by $336.6 million and $64.5 million of residential and commercial mortgage loans under a blanket lien arrangement at year end 2013 and 2012, respectively.  Based on this collateral and the Company’s holdings of FHLB stock, the Company is eligible to borrow up to a total of $568.4 million at year end 2013.

 

8. JUNIOR SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES

 

In December 2009, the Company completed the private placement of $16.0 million in aggregate liquidation amount of 8.50% cumulative convertible trust preferred securities (the “TPS”), through its subsidiary, Bridge Statutory Capital Trust II. The TPS have a liquidation amount of $1,000 per security and are convertible into our common stock, at an effective conversion price of $31 per share.  The TPS mature in 30 years but are callable by the Company at par any time after September 30, 2014.

 

The Company issued $16.0 million of junior subordinated debentures (the “Debentures”) to the trust in exchange for ownership of all of the common security of the trust and the proceeds of the preferred securities sold by the trust. In accordance with current accounting guidance, the trust is not consolidated in the Company’s financial statements, but rather the Debentures are shown as a liability. The Debentures bear interest at a fixed rate equal to 8.50% and mature on December 31, 2039. Consistent with regulatory requirements, the interest payments may be deferred for up to 5 years, and are cumulative. The Debentures have the same prepayment provisions as the TPS.

 

The Debentures may be included in Tier I capital (with certain limitations applicable) under current regulatory guidelines and interpretations.

 

9. DERIVATIVES

 

The Company utilizes interest rate swap agreements as part of its asset liability management strategy to help manage its interest rate risk position. The notional amount of the interest rate swap does not represent amounts exchanged by the parties. The amount exchanged is determined by reference to the notional amount and the other terms of the individual interest rate swap agreements.

 

Interest rate swaps with a notional amount totaling $15.0 million and $25.0 million were entered into on June 28, 2012 and July 15, 2013, respectively and were designated as cash flow hedges of certain Federal Home Loan Bank advances. A forward starting interest rate swap with a notional amount totaling $10.0 million was entered into on July 15, 2013 and was designated as a cash flow hedge of certain repurchase agreements.  The swaps were determined to be fully effective during the period presented and therefore no amount of ineffectiveness has been included in net income. The aggregate fair value of the swaps is recorded in other assets/(other liabilities)  with changes in fair value recorded in other comprehensive income (loss). The amount included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) would be reclassified to current earnings if the hedge transactions becomes probable of not occurring. The Company expects the hedges to remain fully effective during the remaining term of the swaps.

 

Summary information about the interest rate swap designated as a cash flow hedge as of December 31 is as follows:

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2013

 

2012

 

Notional amounts

 

$

50,000

 

$

15,000

 

Weighted average pay rates

 

1.39

%

0.99

%

Weighted average receive rates

 

0.24

%

0.31

%

Weighted average maturity

 

4.56 years

 

4.49 years

 

Unrealized (losses)

 

$

(164

)

$

(176

)

 

Interest expense recorded on these swap transactions totaled $271,000 and $45,000 during 2013 and 2012, respectively, and is reported as a component of interest expense on FHLB Advances.

 

 

 

Page -60-


Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

Cash Flow Hedge

 

The following tables present the net gains (losses), net of income tax, recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income and the Consolidated Statements of Income relating to the cash flow derivative instruments for the twelve months ended December 31:

 

 

 

2013

 

(In thousands)

 

Amount of (loss)
recognized in OCI
(Effective Portion)

 

Amount of gain (loss)
reclassified from OCI to
interest income

 

Amount of gain (loss)
recognized in other non-
interest income
(Ineffective Portion)

 

Interest rate contracts

 

$

(99

)

$

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

2012

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Amount of (loss)
recognized in OCI
(Effective Portion)

 

Amount of gain (loss)
reclassified from OCI to
interest income

 

Amount of gain (loss)
recognized in other non-
interest income
(Ineffective Portion)

 

Interest rate contracts

 

$

(106

)

$

 

$

 

 

The following table reflects the cash flow hedge included in the Consolidated Balance Sheets:

 

 

As of December 31,

 

2013

 

2012

 

(In thousands)

 

Notional

Amount

 

Fair

Value

 

Notional

Amount

 

Fair

Value

 

Included in other asset/(liabilities):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate swap related to FHLB advances

 

$

40,000

 

$

(122

)

$

15,000

 

$

(176

)

Forward starting interest rate swap related to repurchase agreements

 

10,000

 

(42

)

 

 

 

 

Page -61-


Table of Contents

 

 

10. INCOME TAXES

 

The components of income tax expense are as follows:

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

$

5,500

 

$

5,660

 

$

3,700

 

State

 

664

 

582

 

603

 

 

 

6,164

 

6,242

 

4,303

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

403

 

(229

)

469

 

State

 

102

 

67

 

(109

)

 

 

505

 

(162

)

360

 

Income tax expense

 

$

6,669

 

$

6,080

 

$

4,663

 

 

The reconciliation of the expected Federal income tax expense at the statutory tax rate to the actual provision follows:

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Amount

 

Percentage
of Pre-tax
Earnings

 

Amount

 

Percentage
of Pre-tax
Earnings

 

Amount

 

Percentage
of Pre-tax
Earnings

 

Federal income tax expense computed by applying the statutory rate to income before income taxes

 

$

6,828

 

34

%

$

6,479

 

34

%

$

5,134

 

34

%

Tax exempt interest

 

(740

)

(4

)

(878

)

(5

)

(896

)

(6

)

State taxes, net of federal income tax benefit

 

502

 

3

 

445

 

2

 

341

 

2

 

Other

 

79

 

1

 

34

 

1

 

84

 

1

 

Income tax expense

 

$

6,669

 

34

%

$

6,080

 

32

%

$

4,663

 

31

%

 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are comprised of the following:

 

December 31,

 

2013

 

2012

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets:

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses

 

$

6,815

 

$

6,144

 

Net unrealized losses (gains) on securities

 

7,895

 

(1,803

)

Restricted stock awards

 

815

 

777

 

Purchase accounting fair value adjustments

 

666

 

777

 

Net change in pension liability

 

781

 

2,036

 

Net operating loss carryforward

 

426

 

516

 

Net change in cash flow hedge

 

65

 

70

 

Other

 

379

 

276

 

Total

 

17,842

 

8,793

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

Pension and SERP expense

 

(3,491

)

(2,765

)

Depreciation

 

(1,548

)

(1,386

)

REIT undistributed net income

 

(707

)

(657

)

Net deferred loan costs and fees

 

(915

)

(602

)

Other

 

(252

)

(281

)

Total

 

(6,913

)

(5,691

)

Net deferred tax asset

 

$

10,929

 

$

3,102

 

 

The Company and its subsidiaries are subject to U.S. federal income tax as well as income tax of the State of New York. The Company is no longer subject to examination by taxing authorities for years before 2010. There are no unrecorded tax benefits and the Company does not expect the total amount of unrecognized income tax benefits to significantly increase in the next twelve months.

 

 

Page -62-


Table of Contents

 

 

11. EMPLOYEE BENEFITS

 

a) Pension Plan and Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan

 

The Bank maintains a noncontributory pension plan covering all eligible employees. The Bank uses a December 31st measurement date for this plan in accordance with FASB ASC 715-30 “Compensation – Retirement Benefits – Defined Benefit Plans – Pension”. In September 2011, the Bank transferred all of the Plan assets out of the New York State Bankers Association Retirement System to the new Trustee, Bank of America, N.A. During 2012, the Company amended the pension plan revising the formula for determining benefits effective January 1, 2013, except for certain grandfathered employees. Additionally, new employees hired on or after October 1, 2012 are not eligible for the pension plan.

 

During 2001, the Bank adopted the Bridgehampton National Bank Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (“SERP”). The SERP provides benefits to certain employees, as recommended by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors and approved by the full Board of Directors, whose benefits under the pension plan are limited by the applicable provisions of the Internal Revenue Code. The benefit under the SERP is equal to the additional amount the employee would be entitled to under the Pension Plan and the 401(k) Plan in the absence of such Internal Revenue Code limitations. The assets of the SERP are held in a rabbi trust to maintain the tax-deferred status of the plan and are subject to the general, unsecured creditors of the Company. As a result, the assets of the trust are reflected on the Consolidated Balance Sheets of the Company.

 

Information about changes in obligations and plan assets of the defined benefit pension plan and the defined benefit plan component of the SERP are as follows:

 

 

 

Pension Benefits

 

SERP Benefits

 

At December 31,

 

2013

 

2012

 

2013

 

2012

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in benefit obligation:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Benefit obligation at beginning of year

 

$

13,107

 

$

11,584

 

$

1,999

 

$

1,731

 

Service cost

 

931

 

1,131

 

149

 

120

 

Interest cost

 

564

 

508

 

76

 

52

 

Benefits paid and expected expenses

 

(236

)

(366

)

(112

)

(112

)

Assumption changes and other

 

(1,123

)

1,345

 

(193

)

208

 

Plan amendment

 

 

(1,095

)

 

 

Benefit obligation at end of year

 

$

13,243

 

$

13,107

 

$

1,919

 

$

1,999

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in plan assets, at fair value:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Plan assets at beginning of year

 

$

17,125

 

$

13,403

 

$

 

$

 

Actual return on plan assets

 

2,939

 

1,600

 

 

 

Employer contribution

 

2,000

 

2,500

 

112

 

112

 

Benefits paid and actual expenses

 

(236

)

(378

)

(112

)

(112

)

Plan assets at end of year

 

$

21,828

 

$

17,125

 

$

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Funded status (plan assets less benefit obligations)

 

$

8,585

 

$

4,018

 

$

(1,919

)

$

(1,999

)

 

Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income at December 31, consist of:

 

 

 

Pension Benefits

 

SERP Benefits

 

At December 31,

 

2013

 

2012

 

2013

 

2012

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net actuarial loss

 

$

2,559

 

$

5,561

 

$

198

 

$

406

 

Prior service cost

 

(946

)

71

 

 

 

Transition obligation

 

 

 

114

 

142

 

Plan amendment

 

 

(1,094

)

 

 

Net amount recognized

 

$

1,613

 

$

4,538

 

$

312

 

$

548

 

 

The accumulated benefit obligation was $11.9 million and $1.5 million for the pension plan and the SERP, respectively, as of December 31, 2013. As of December 31, 2012, the accumulated benefit obligation was $11.6 million and $1.6 million for the pension plan and the SERP, respectively.

 

 

Page -63-


Table of Contents

 

 

Components of Net Periodic Benefit Cost and Other Amounts Recognized in Other Comprehensive Income

 

 

 

Pension Benefits

 

 

SERP Benefits

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At December 31,

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Components of net periodic benefit cost and other amounts recognized in Other Comprehensive Income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service cost

 

$

931

 

$

1,131

 

$

919

 

 

$

149

 

$

120

 

$

109

 

Interest cost

 

564

 

508

 

483

 

 

76

 

52

 

57

 

Expected return on plan assets

 

(1,385

)

(993

)

(761

)

 

 

 

 

Amortization of net loss

 

325

 

248

 

102

 

 

 

 

 

Amortization of unrecognized prior service cost

 

(77

)

10

 

9

 

 

 

 

 

Amortization of unrecognized transition (asset) obligation

 

 

 

 

 

43

 

30

 

28

 

Net periodic benefit cost

 

$

358

 

$

904

 

$

752

 

 

$

268

 

$

202

 

$

194

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net (gain) loss

 

$

(2,677

)

$

(345

)

$

2,529

 

 

$

(193

)

$

208

 

$

136

 

Prior service cost

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Transition obligation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amortization of net loss

 

(325

)

(248

)

(102

)

 

 

 

 

Amortization of prior service cost

 

77

 

(10

)

(9

)

 

 

 

 

Amortization of transition obligation

 

 

 

 

 

(43

)

(30

)

(28

)

 

 

(2,925

)

(603

)

2,418

 

 

(236

)

178

 

108

 

Deferred taxes

 

1,161

 

240

 

(960

)

 

93

 

(71

)

(43

)

Total recognized in other comprehensive income

 

(1,764

)

(363

)

1,458

 

 

(143

)

107

 

65

 

Total recognized in net periodic benefit cost and other comprehensive income

 

$

(1,406

)

$

541

 

$

2,210

 

 

$

125

 

$

309

 

$

259

 

 

The estimated net loss, transition obligation and prior service credit for the defined benefit pension plan that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income into net periodic benefit cost over the next fiscal year are $27,000, $0 and $77,000, respectively. The estimated net loss and unrecognized net transition obligation for the SERP that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income into net periodic benefit cost over the next fiscal year is $0 and $28,000, respectively.

 

Expected Long-Term Rate-of-Return

 

The expected long-term rate-of-return on plan assets reflects long-term earnings expectations on existing plan assets and those contributions expected to be received during the current plan year. In estimating that rate, appropriate consideration was given to historical returns earned by plan assets in the fund and the rates of return expected to be available for reinvestment. Average rates of return over the past 1, 3, 5 and 10-year periods were determined and subsequently adjusted to reflect current capital market assumptions and changes in investment allocations.

 

 

 

Pension Benefits

 

SERP Benefits

 

At December 31,

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

Weighted Average Assumptions Used to Determine Benefit Obligations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Discount rate

 

4.90

%

4.20

%

4.53

%

4.70

%

3.90

%

3.13

%

Rate of compensation increase

 

3.00

 

3.00

 

3.00

 

5.00

 

5.00

 

5.00

 

Weighted Average Assumptions Used to Determine Net Periodic Benefit Cost

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Discount rate

 

4.20

%

4.53

%

5.58

%

3.90

%

3.13

%

3.87

%

Rate of compensation increase

 

3.00

 

3.00

 

3.50

 

5.00

 

5.00

 

5.00

 

Expected long-term rate of return

 

7.50

 

7.50

 

7.00

 

 

 

 

 

Plan Assets

 

The Plan seeks to provide retirement benefits to the employees of the Bank who are entitled to receive benefits under the Plan.  The Plan Assets are overseen by a Committee comprised of management, who meet quarterly, and set the investment policy guidelines.

 

The Plan’s overall investment strategy is to achieve a mix of approximately 97% of investments for long-term growth and 3% for near-term benefit payments with a wide diversification of asset types, fund strategies, and fund managers.

 

Cash equivalents consist primarily of short term investment funds.

 

Equity securities primarily include investments in common stock, mutual funds, depository receipts and exchange traded funds.

 

 

Page -64-


Table of Contents

 

 

Fixed income securities include corporate bonds, government issues, mortgage backed securities, high yield securities and mutual funds.

 

The weighted average expected long term rate-of-return is estimated based on current trends in Plan assets as well as projected future rates of return on those assets and reasonable actuarial assumptions based on the guidance provided by ASOP No. 27 for the real and nominal rate of investment return for a specific mix of asset classes. The following assumptions were used in determining the long-term rate-of-return:

 

The long term rate of return considers historical returns for the S&P 500 index and long term U.S. government bonds from 1926 to 2013 representing cumulative returns of approximately 9.9% and 5.8%, respectively. These returns were considered along with the target allocations of asset categories.

 

Effective August 30, 2011, the Plan revised its investment guidelines. Except for pooled vehicles and mutual funds, which are governed by the prospectus and unless expressly authorized by management, the Plan and its investment managers are prohibited from purchasing the following investments:

 

·                  Purchases of letter stock, private placements, or direct payments

 

·                  Purchases of securities not readily marketable

 

·                  Pledging or hypothecating securities, except for loans of securities that are fully collateralized

 

·                  Purchasing or selling derivative securities for speculation or leverage

 

·                  Investments by the investment managers in their own securities, their affiliates or subsidiaries (excluding money market funds)

 

·                  Purchases of Bridge Bancorp. stock.

 

The target allocations for Plan assets are shown in the table below:

 

 

 

 

 

Percentage of Plan Assets
At December 31,

 

Weighted-
Average

 

 

 

Target
Allocation
2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

Expected
Long-term
Rate of
Return

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Asset Category

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash Equivalents

 

0 – 5

%

3.9

%

9.4

%

 

Equity Securities

 

45 - 65

%

59.3

%

54.2

%

4.7

%

Fixed income securities

 

35 - 55

%

36.8

%

36.4

%

2.8

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

100.0

%

100.0

%

7.5

%

 

Fair value is defined under ASC 820 as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. Valuation techniques used to measure fair value under ASC 820 must maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. The standard describes a fair value hierarchy based on three levels of inputs, of which the first two are considered observable and the last unobservable, that may be used to measure fair value which are the following:

 

Level 1: Quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets that the entity has the ability to access as of the measurement date.

 

Level 2: Significant other observable inputs other than Level 1 prices such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.

 

Level 3: Significant unobservable inputs that reflect a reporting entity’s own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability.

 

In instances in which the inputs used to measure fair value fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy, the fair value measurement has been determined based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety. Investments valued using the Net Asset Value (“NAV”) are classified as level 2 if the Plan can redeem its investment with the investee at the NAV at the measurement date. If the Plan can never redeem the investment with the investee at the NAV, it is considered a level

 

 

Page -65-


Table of Contents

 

 

3. If the Plan can redeem the investment at the NAV at a future date, the Plan’s assessment of the significance of a particular item to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires judgment, including the consideration of inputs specific to the asset.

 

In accordance with FASB ASC 715-20, the following table represents the Plan’s fair value hierarchy for its financial assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2013 and 2012:

 

 

 

 

 

Fair Value Measurements at

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2013 Using:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Carrying
Value

 

Quoted Prices
In Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets

(Level 1)

 

Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs

(Level 2)

 

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash

 

$

15

 

$

15

 

$

 

 

 

Short term investment funds

 

820

 

 

 

820

 

 

 

Total cash equivalents

 

835

 

15

 

820

 

 

 

Equities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Large cap

 

8,127

 

8,127

 

 

 

 

U.S. Mid cap

 

752

 

752

 

 

 

 

U.S. Small cap

 

786

 

786

 

 

 

 

International

 

3,290

 

3,290

 

 

 

 

Total equities

 

12,955

 

12,955

 

 

 

 

Fixed income securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Government issues

 

1,798

 

 

1,798

 

 

 

Corporate bonds

 

1,453

 

 

1,453

 

 

 

Mortgage backed

 

753

 

 

753

 

 

 

High yield bonds and bond funds

 

4,034

 

 

4,034

 

 

 

Total fixed income securities

 

8,038

 

 

8,038

 

 

 

Total Plan Assets

 

$

21,828

 

$

12,970

 

$

8,858

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair Value Measurements at

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2012 Using:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Carrying
Value

 

Quoted Prices
In Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets

(Level 1)

 

Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs

(Level 2)

 

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash

 

$

24

 

$

24

 

$

 

 

 

Short term investment funds

 

1,591

 

 

 

1,591

 

 

 

Total cash equivalents

 

1,615

 

24

 

1,591

 

 

 

Equities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Large cap

 

8,075

 

8,075

 

 

 

 

U.S. Mid cap

 

596

 

596

 

 

 

 

International

 

601

 

601

 

 

 

 

Total equities

 

9,272

 

9,272

 

 

 

 

Fixed income securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Government issues

 

1,717

 

 

1,717

 

 

 

Corporate bonds

 

1,396

 

 

1,396

 

 

 

High yield bonds and bond funds

 

3,125

 

 

3,125

 

 

 

Total fixed income securities

 

6,238

 

 

6,238

 

 

 

Total Plan Assets

 

$

17,125

 

$

9,296

 

$

7,829

 

 

 

 

 

Page -66-


Table of Contents

 

 

The Company has no minimum required pension contribution and due to the overfunded status of the plan, does not expect to contribute to the pension plan during 2014.

 

Estimated Future Payments

 

The following benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, are expected to be paid as follows:

 

Year

 

Pension and SERP Payments

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

2014

 

$

416,589

 

2015

 

446,262

 

2016

 

515,377

 

2017

 

571,421

 

2018

 

643,586

 

Following 5 years

 

4,532,059

 

 

b) 401(k) Plan

 

The Company provides a 401(k) plan which covers substantially all current employees. Newly hired employees are automatically enrolled in the plan on the 90th day of employment, unless they elect not to participate. Under the provisions of the savings plan, employee contributions are partially matched by the Bank with cash contributions. Participants can invest their account balances into several investment alternatives. The savings plan does not allow for investment in the Company’s common stock. During the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 the Bank made cash contributions of $466,000, $263,000, and $253,000 respectively.

 

c) Equity Incentive Plan

 

On May 4, 2012 the Bridge Bancorp, Inc. 2012 Stock-Based Incentive Plan (the “2012 Plan”) was approved by the shareholders to provide for the grant of stock-based and other incentive awards to officers, employees and directors of the Company. The plan supersedes the Bridge Bancorp, Inc. Equity Incentive Plan that was approved in 2006 (the “2006 Plan”). The number of shares of Common Stock of Bridge Bancorp, Inc. available for stock-based awards under the 2012 Plan is 525,000 plus 278,385 shares that were remaining under the 2006 Plan. Of the total 803,385 shares of common stock approved for issuance under the Plan, 740,125 shares remain available for issuance at December 31, 2013.

 

The Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors determines awards under the Plan. The Company accounts for this Plan under FASB ASC No. 718 and 505.

 

 

Page -67-


Table of Contents

 

 

Stock Options

 

The fair value of each option granted is estimated on the date of the grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. No new grants of stock options were awarded during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.

 

A summary of the status of the Company’s stock options as of December 31, 2013 follows:

 

(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

Number
of
Options

 

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

 

Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life

 

Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value

 

Outstanding, December 31, 2012

 

49,962

 

$

25.32

 

 

 

 

 

Granted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

(2,737

)

$

24.00

 

 

 

 

 

Forfeited

 

(1,230

)

$

25.25

 

 

 

 

 

Expired

 

(600

)

$

15.47

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding, December 31, 2013

 

45,395

 

$

25.54

 

2.61 years

 

$

32

 

Vested and Exercisable, December 31, 2013

 

45,395

 

$

25.54

 

2.61 years

 

$

32

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Range of Exercise Prices

 

Number
of
Options

 

Exercise
Price

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,835

 

$

24.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

38,429

 

$

25.25

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,000

 

$

26.55

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,131

 

$

30.60

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

45,395

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The aggregate intrinsic value for options outstanding and exercisable as of December 31, 2013 is the same because all options are currently vested.

 

A summary of activity related to the stock options follows:

 

December 31,

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Intrinsic value of options exercised

 

$

 4

 

$

 7

 

$

 —

 

Cash received from options exercised

 

4

 

 

 

Tax benefit realized from option exercises

 

 

 

 

Weighted average fair value of options granted

 

 

 

 

 

There was no compensation expense attributable to stock options for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 because all stock options were vested.

 

Restricted Stock Awards

 

A summary of the status of the Company’s shares of unvested restricted stock for the year ended December 31, 2013 follows:

 

 

 

Shares

 

Weighted
Average Grant-Date
Fair Value

 

Unvested, December 31, 2012

 

177,927

 

$

21.38

 

Granted

 

72,940

 

$

20.78

 

Vested

 

(50,081

)

$

21.26

 

Forfeited

 

(3,187

)

$

21.49

 

Unvested, December 31, 2013

 

197,599

 

$

21.18

 

 

The 2012 Plan provides for issuance of restricted stock awards. During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company granted restricted stock awards of 72,940 shares. Of the 72,940 shares granted, 51,175 shares vest over approximately seven years with a third vesting after years five, six and seven, 12,652 shares vest over approximately five years with a third vesting after years three, four and five and 9,113 shares vest ratably over five years . During the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company granted restricted stock awards of 21,993 shares. These shares vest over approximately five years with a third vesting after years three, four and five. During

 

 

Page -68-


Table of Contents

 

 

the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company granted restricted stock awards of 68,588 shares. Of the 68,588 shares granted, 5,000 shares vest ratably over three years, 44,588 shares vest over approximately five years with a third vesting after years three, four and five and 19,000 shares vest over approximately seven years with a third vesting after years five, six and seven. Such shares are subject to restrictions based on continued service as employees of the Company or its subsidiaries. Compensation expense attributable to these awards was approximately $1,152,000, $1,185,000 and $909,000 for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively. The total fair value of shares vested during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $1,065,000, $1,140,000 and $774,000, respectively. As of December 31, 2013, there was $2,757,000 of total unrecognized compensation costs related to nonvested restricted stock awards granted under the Plan. The cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 4.3 years.

 

Restricted Stock Units

 

In April 2009, the Company adopted a Directors Deferred Compensation Plan. Under the Plan, independent directors may elect to defer all or a portion of their annual retainer fee in the form of restricted stock units. In addition, Directors receive a non-election retainer in the form of restricted stock units. These restricted stock units vest ratably over one year and have dividend rights but no voting rights. In connection with this Plan, the Company recorded expenses of approximately $144,000, $158,000 and $138,000 for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

 

12. EARNINGS PER SHARE

 

FASB ASC 260-10-45 addresses whether instruments granted in share-based payment transactions are participating securities prior to vesting and, therefore, need to be included in the earnings allocation in computing earnings per share (“EPS”).  The restricted stock awards and restricted stock units granted by the Company contain non-forfeitable rights to dividends and therefore are considered participating securities.  The two-class method for calculating basic EPS excludes dividends paid to participating securities and any undistributed earnings attributable to participating securities. Prior period EPS figures have been presented in accordance with this accounting guidance.

 

The following is a reconciliation of earnings per share for December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011:

 

For the Years Ended December 31,

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

(In thousands, except per share data)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Income

 

$

13,093

 

$

12,772

 

$

10,359

 

Less: Dividends paid on and earnings allocated to participating securities

 

(329

)

(328

)

(299

)

Income attributable to common stock

 

$

12,764

 

$

12,444

 

$

10,060

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding, including participating securities

 

9,622

 

8,633

 

6,712

 

Less: weighted average participating securities

 

(242

)

(223

)

(193

)

Weighted average common shares outstanding

 

9,380

 

8,410

 

6,519

 

Basic earnings per common share

 

$

1.36

 

$

1.48

 

$

1.54

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income attributable to common stock

 

$

12,764

 

$

12,444

 

$

10,060

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding

 

9,380

 

8,410

 

6,519

 

Weighted average common equivalent shares outstanding

 

 

1

 

1

 

Weighted average common and equivalent shares outstanding

 

9,380

 

8,411

 

6,520

 

Diluted earnings per common share

 

$

1.36

 

$

1.48

 

$

1.54

 

 

There were 45,395 options outstanding at December 31, 2013 that were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share because the options’ exercise prices were greater than the average market price of common stock and were, therefore, antidilutive. The $16.0 million in convertible trust preferred securities outstanding at December 31, 2013, were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share because the assumed conversion of the trust preferred securities was antidilutive.

 

13. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES AND OTHER MATTERS

 

In the normal course of business, there are various outstanding commitments and contingent liabilities, such as claims and legal actions, minimum annual rental payments under non-cancelable operating leases, guarantees and commitments to extend credit, which are not reflected in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. No material losses are anticipated as a result of these commitments and contingencies.

 

 

Page -69-


Table of Contents

 

 

a) Leases

 

At December 31, 2013, the Company was obligated to make minimum annual rental payments under non-cancelable operating leases for its premises. Projected minimum rentals under existing leases are as follows:

 

Year

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

2014

 

$

2,125

 

2015

 

1,847

 

2016

 

1,710

 

2017

 

1,663

 

2018

 

1,355

 

Thereafter

 

12,088

 

Total minimum rentals

 

$

20,788

 

 

Certain leases contain rent escalation clauses which are reflected in the amounts listed above. In addition, certain leases provide for additional payments based upon real estate taxes, interest and other charges. Certain leases contain renewal options which are not reflected. Rental expenses under leases for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 approximated $2.3 million, $1.5 million, and $1.2 million, respectively.

 

b) Loan commitments

 

Some financial instruments, such as loan commitments, credit lines, letters of credit, and overdraft protection, are issued to meet customer financing needs. These are agreements to provide credit or to support the credit of others, as long as conditions established in the contract are met, and usually have expiration dates. Commitments may expire without being used. Off-balance-sheet risk of credit loss exists up to the face amount of these instruments, although material losses are not anticipated. The same credit policies are used to make such commitments as are used for loans, often including obtaining collateral at exercise of the commitment.

 

 

The following represents commitments outstanding:

 

December 31,

 

2013

 

2012

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

Standby letters of credit

 

$

3,094

 

$

3,800

 

Loan commitments outstanding (1) 

 

28,750

 

64,336

 

Unused lines of credit

 

215,798

 

183,183

 

Total commitments outstanding

 

$

247,642

 

$

251,319

 

 

(1)    Of the $28.8 million of loan commitments outstanding at December 31, 2013, $6.9 million are fixed rate commitments and $21.9 million are variable rate commitments.

 

c) Other

 

During 2013, the Bank was required to maintain certain cash balances with the Federal Reserve Bank of New York for reserve and clearing requirements. The required cash balance at December 31, 2013 was $1.0 million. During 2013, the Federal Reserve Bank of New York offered higher interest rates on overnight deposits compared to our correspondent banks. Therefore the Bank invested overnight with the Federal Reserve Bank of New York and the average balance maintained during 2013 was $7.4 million.

 

During 2013, 2012 and 2011, the Bank maintained an overnight line of credit with the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York (“FHLB”). The Bank has the ability to borrow against its unencumbered residential and commercial mortgages and investment securities owned by the Bank. At December 31, 2013, the Bank had aggregate lines of credit of $290.0 million with unaffiliated correspondent banks to provide short-term credit for liquidity requirements. Of these aggregate lines of credit, $270.0 million is available on an unsecured basis. As of December 31, 2013, the Bank had $64.0 million of such borrowings outstanding.

 

In March 2001, the Bank entered into a Master Repurchase Agreement with the FHLB whereby the FHLB agrees to purchase securities from the Bank, upon the Bank’s request, with the simultaneous agreement to sell the same or similar securities back to the Bank at a future date. Securities are limited, under the agreement, to government securities, securities issued, guaranteed or collateralized by any agency or instrumentality of the U.S. Government or any government sponsored enterprise, and non-agency AA and AAA rated mortgage-backed securities. At December 31, 2013, there was $568.4 million available for transactions under this agreement.

 

 

Page -70-


Table of Contents

 

 

The Bank had $11.4 million of securities sold under agreements to repurchase outstanding as of December 31, 2013 (See Note 6).

 

14. FAIR VALUE

 

FASB ASC No. 820-10 defines fair value as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. FASB ASC 820-10 also establishes a fair value hierarchy which requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. The standard describes three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair values:

 

Level 1: Quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets that the entity has the ability to access as of the measurement date.

 

Level 2: Significant other observable inputs other than Level 1 prices such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.

 

Level 3: Significant unobservable inputs that reflect a reporting entity’s own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability.

 

Assets and Liabilities Measured on a Recurring Basis

 

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis are summarized below:

 

 

 

 

Fair Value Measurements at

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2013 Using:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Carrying
Value

 

Quoted Prices
In Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets
(Level 1)

 

Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)

 

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Available for sale securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. GSE securities

 

$

152,757

 

 

 

$

152,757

 

 

 

State and municipal obligations

 

61,656

 

 

 

61,656

 

 

 

U.S. GSE Residential mortgage-backed securities

 

14,435

 

 

 

14,435

 

 

 

U.S. GSE Residential collateralized mortgage Obligations

 

279,191

 

 

 

279,191

 

 

 

U.S. GSE Commercial mortgage-backed securities

 

2,834

 

 

 

2,834

 

 

 

U.S. GSE Commercial collateralized mortgage Obligations

 

26,910

 

 

 

26,910

 

 

 

Non Agency commercial mortgage-backed securities

 

3,578

 

 

 

3,578

 

 

 

Other Asset backed securities

 

33,818

 

 

 

33,818

 

 

 

Total available for sale

 

$

575,179

 

 

 

$

575,179

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivatives

 

$

(164

)

 

 

$

(164

)

 

 

 

 

Page -71-


Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

Fair Value Measurements at

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2012 Using:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Carrying
Value

 

Quoted Prices
In Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets
(Level 1)

 

Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)

 

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Available for sale securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. GSE securities

 

$

178,452

 

 

 

$

178,452

 

 

 

State and municipal obligations

 

59,963

 

 

 

59,963

 

 

 

U.S. GSE Residential mortgage-backed securities

 

20,597

 

 

 

20,597

 

 

 

U.S. GSE Residential collateralized mortgage Obligations

 

226,446

 

 

 

226,446

 

 

 

U.S. GSE Commercial mortgage-backed securities

 

3,138

 

 

 

3,138

 

 

 

U.S. GSE Commercial collateralized mortgage Obligations

 

9,357

 

 

 

9,357

 

 

 

Non Agency commercial mortgage-backed securities

 

4,989

 

 

 

4,989

 

 

 

Other Asset backed securities

 

26,128

 

 

 

26,128

 

 

 

Total available for sale

 

$

529,070

 

 

 

$

529,070

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivatives

 

$

(176

)

 

 

$

(176

)

 

 

 

Assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis are summarized below:

 

 

 

 

Fair Value Measurements at

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2013 Using:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Carrying
Value

 

Quoted Prices
In Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets
(Level 1)

 

Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)

 

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impaired loans

 

$

1,329

 

 

 

 

 

$

1,329

 

Other real estate owned

 

2,242

 

 

 

 

 

2,242

 

 

 

 

 

Fair Value Measurements at

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2012 Using:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Carrying
Value

 

Quoted Prices
In Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets
(Level 1)

 

Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)

 

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impaired loans

 

$

178

 

 

 

 

 

$

178

 

 

Impaired loans with allocated allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2013, had a carrying amount of $1.3 million, which is made up of the outstanding balance of $1.5 million, net of a valuation allowance of $0.2 million. This resulted in an additional provision for loan losses of $0.2 million that is included in the amount reported on the income statement. Impaired loans with allocated allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2012, had a carrying amount of $0.2 million, which is made up of the outstanding balance of $0.5 million, net of a valuation allowance of $0.3 million. This resulted in an additional provision for loan losses of $0.3 million that is included in the amount reported on the Consolidated Statements of Income.

 

 

Page -72-


Table of Contents

 

 

Other real estate owned at December 31, 2013 had a carrying amount of $2.2 million and no valuation allowance recorded. Accordingly, there was no additional provision for loan losses included in the amount reported on the Consolidated Statements of Income.

 

The Company used the following method and assumptions in estimating the fair value of its financial instruments:

 

Cash and Due from Banks and Federal Funds Sold: Carrying amounts approximate fair value, since these instruments are either payable on demand or have short-term maturities. Cash on hand and non-interest due from bank accounts are Level 1 and interest bearing Cash Due from Banks and Federal Funds Sold are Level 2.

 

Securities Available for Sale and Held to Maturity: The estimated fair values are based on independent dealer quotations on nationally recognized securities exchanges, if available (Level 1). For securities where quoted prices are not available, fair value is based on matrix pricing, which is a mathematical technique widely used in the industry to value debt securities without relying exclusively on quoted prices for the specific securities but rather by relying on the securities’ relationship to other benchmark quoted securities (Level 2).

 

Restricted Securities: It is not practicable to determine the fair value of FHLB, ACBB and FRB stock due to restrictions placed on its transferability.

 

Derivatives: Represents an interest rate swap and the estimated fair values are based on valuation models using observable market data as of measurement date (Level 2).

 

Loans: The estimated fair values of real estate mortgage loans and other loans receivable are based on discounted cash flow calculations that use available market benchmarks when establishing discount factors for the types of loans resulting in a Level 3 classification. Exceptions may be made for adjustable rate loans (with resets of one year or less), which would be discounted straight to their rate index plus or minus an appropriate spread. All nonaccrual loans are carried at their current fair value. The methods utilized to estimate the fair value of loans do not necessarily represent an exit price and therefore, while permissible for presentation purposed under ASC 825-10, do not conform to ASC 820-10.

 

Impaired Loans: For impaired loans, the Company evaluates the fair value of the loan in accordance with current accounting guidance.  For loans that are collateral dependent, the fair value of the collateral is used to determine the fair value of the loan. The fair value of the collateral is determined based upon recent appraised values. The fair value of other real estate owned is also evaluated in accordance with current accounting guidance and determined based upon recent appraised values. These appraisals may utilize a single valuation approach or a combination of approaches including comparable sales and the income approach. Adjustments are routinely made in the appraisal process by the independent appraisers to adjust for differences between the comparable sales and income data available. Adjustments may relate to location, square footage, condition, amenities, market rate of leases as well as timing of comparable sales. All appraisals undergo a second review process to insure that the methodology employed and the values derived are accurate. The fair value of the loan is compared to the carrying value to determine if any write-down or specific reserve is required. Impaired loans are evaluated on a quarterly basis for additional impairment and adjusted accordingly.

 

Appraisals for collateral-dependent impaired loans are performed by certified general appraisers (for commercial properties) or certified residential appraisers (for residential properties) whose qualifications and licenses have been reviewed and verified by the Company.  Once received, the Credit Administration department reviews the assumptions and approaches utilized in the appraisal as well as the overall resulting fair value in comparison with independent data sources such as recent market data or industry-wide statistics. On a quarterly basis, the Company compares the actual selling price of collateral that has been sold to the most recent appraised value to determine what additional adjustment should be made to the appraisal value to arrive at fair value. Management also considers the appraisal values for commercial properties associated with current loan origination activity.  Collectively, this information is reviewed to help assess current trends in commercial property values. For each collateral dependent impaired loan, management considers information that relates to the type of commercial property to determine if such properties may have appreciated or depreciated in value since the date of the most recent appraisal. Adjustments to fair value are made only when the analysis indicates a probable decline in collateral values.

 

Deposits: The estimated fair value of certificates of deposits are based on discounted cash flow calculations that use a replacement cost of funds approach to establishing discount rates for certificates of deposits maturities resulting in a Level 2 classification. Stated value is fair value for all other deposits resulting in a Level 1 classification.

 

Borrowed Funds: The estimated fair value of borrowed funds are based on discounted cash flow calculations that use a replacement cost of funds approach to establishing discount rates for funding maturities resulting in a Level 2 classification.

 

Junior Subordinated Debentures: The estimated fair value is based on estimates using market data for similarly risk weighted items and takes into consideration the convertible features of the debentures into common stock of the Company which is an unobservable input resulting in a Level 3 classification.

 

 

Page -73-


Table of Contents

 

 

Accrued Interest Receivable and Payable: For these short-term instruments, the carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of the fair value resulting in a Level 1 or 2 classification.

 

Off-Balance-Sheet Liabilities: The fair value of off-balance-sheet commitments to extend credit is estimated using fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements. The fair value is immaterial as of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012.

 

Fair value estimates are made at specific points in time and are based on existing on-and off-balance sheet financial instruments. Such estimates are generally subjective in nature and dependent upon a number of significant assumptions associated with each financial instrument or group of financial instruments, including estimates of discount rates, risks associated with specific financial instruments, estimates of future cash flows, and relevant available market information. Changes in assumptions could significantly affect the estimates. In addition, fair value estimates do not reflect the value of anticipated future business, premiums or discounts that could result from offering for sale at one time the Company’s entire holdings of a particular financial instrument, or the tax consequences of realizing gains or losses on the sale of financial instruments.

 

 

Page -74-


Table of Contents

 

 

The estimated fair values and recorded carrying values of the Company’s financial instruments are as follows:

 

 

 

 

Fair Value Measurement at

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2013 Using:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Carrying
Amount

 

Quoted Prices In
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)

 

Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)

 

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)

 

Total

 

Financial Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and due from banks

 

$

39,997

 

$

39,997

 

$

 

$

 

$

39,997

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest bearing deposits with banks

 

5,576

 

 

5,576

 

 

5,576

 

Securities available for sale

 

575,179

 

 

575,179

 

 

575,179

 

Securities restricted

 

7,034

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

Securities held to maturity

 

201,328

 

 

197,338

 

 

197,338

 

Loans, net

 

997,262

 

 

 

1,002,314

 

1,002,314

 

Accrued interest receivable

 

5,648

 

 

2,747

 

2,901

 

5,648

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Certificates of deposit

 

100,895

 

 

101,509

 

 

101,509

 

Demand and other deposits

 

1,438,184

 

1,438,184

 

 

 

1,438,184

 

Federal funds purchased and Federal Home Loan Bank overnight borrowings

 

122,000

 

121,994

 

 

 

121,994

 

Federal Home Loan Bank term advances

 

40,000

 

 

40,060

 

 

40,060

 

Repurchase agreements

 

11,370

 

 

11,803

 

 

11,803

 

Junior Subordinated Debentures

 

16,002

 

 

 

15,215

 

15,215

 

Derivatives

 

164

 

 

164

 

 

164

 

Accrued interest payable

 

225

 

76

 

149

 

 

225

 

 

 

 

 

Fair Value Measurement at

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2012 Using:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Carrying
Amount

 

Quoted Prices In
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)

 

Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)

 

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)

 

Total

 

Financial Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and due from banks

 

$

46,855

 

$

46,855

 

$

 

$

 

$

46,855

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest bearing deposits with banks

 

4,394

 

 

4,394

 

 

4,394

 

Securities available for sale

 

529,070

 

 

529,070

 

 

529,070

 

Securities restricted

 

2,978

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

Securities held to maturity

 

210,735

 

 

213,702

 

 

213,702

 

Loans, net

 

784,007

 

 

 

807,597

 

807,597

 

Accrued interest receivable

 

5,436

 

 

2,945

 

2,491

 

5,436

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Certificates of deposit

 

157,248

 

 

158,764

 

 

158,764

 

Demand and other deposits

 

1,252,074

 

1,252,074

 

 

 

1,252,074

 

Federal funds purchased and Federal Home Loan Bank overnight borrowings

 

44,500

 

44,500

 

 

 

44,500

 

Federal Home Loan Bank term advances

 

15,000

 

 

14,824

 

 

14,824

 

Repurchase agreements

 

12,390

 

 

13,064

 

 

13,064

 

Junior Subordinated Debentures

 

16,002

 

 

 

17,101

 

17,101

 

Derivatives

 

176

 

 

176

 

 

176

 

Accrued interest payable

 

147

 

1

 

146

 

 

147

 

 

 

Page -75-


Table of Contents

 

 

15. REGULATORY CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS

 

The Company and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can result in certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s and the Bank’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company and the Bank must meet specific capital requirements that involve quantitative measures of the Company’s and Bank’s assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Company’s and Bank’s capital amounts and classifications also are subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors.

 

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Company and the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the following table) of total and Tier 1 capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk weighted assets (as defined), and of Tier 1 capital (as defined) to average assets (as defined).  Management believes as of December 31, 2013, the Company and the Bank met all capital adequacy requirements.

 

As of December 31, 2013, the most recent notification from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation categorized the Bank as “well capitalized” under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as “well capitalized,” the Bank must maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based and Tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth in the table below. Since that notification, there are no conditions or events that management believes have changed the institution’s category.

 

The Company’s and the Bank’s actual capital amounts and ratios are presented in the following table:

 

Bridge Bancorp, Inc. (Consolidated)

 

 

 

As of December 31,

 

2013

 

(Dollars In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Actual

 

For Capital
Adequacy
Purposes

 

To Be Well
Capitalized Under
Prompt Corrective
Action Provisions

 

 

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

Total Capital (to risk weighted assets)

 

$

202,039

 

16.3

%

$

99,108

 

8.0

%

n/a

 

n/a

 

Tier 1 Capital (to risk weighted assets)

 

186,547

 

15.1

%

49,554

 

4.0

%

n/a

 

n/a

 

Tier 1 Capital (to average assets)

 

186,547

 

10.3

%

72,476

 

4.0

%

n/a

 

n/a

 

 

As of December 31,

 

2012

 

(Dollars In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Actual

 

For Capital
Adequacy
Purposes

 

To Be Well
Capitalized Under
Prompt Corrective
Action Provisions

 

 

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

Total Capital (to risk weighted assets)

 

$

145,765

 

14.2

%

$

82,171

 

8.0

%

n/a

 

n/a

 

Tier 1 Capital (to risk weighted assets)

 

132,906

 

12.9

%

41,085

 

4.0

%

n/a

 

n/a

 

Tier 1 Capital (to average assets)

 

132,906

 

8.4

%

63,136

 

4.0

%

n/a

 

n/a

 

 

 

Page -76-


Table of Contents

 

 

Bridgehampton National Bank

 

 

As of December 31,

 

2013

(Dollars In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Actual

 

For Capital
Adequacy
Purposes

 

To Be Well
Capitalized Under
Prompt Corrective
Action Provisions

 

 

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

Total Capital (to risk weighted assets)

 

$

164,494

 

13.3

%

$

99,084

 

8.0

%

$

123,855

 

10.0

%

Tier 1 Capital (to risk weighted assets)

 

149,005

 

12.0

%

49,542

 

4.0

%

74,313

 

6.0

%

Tier 1 Capital (to average assets)

 

149,005

 

8.2

%

72,464

 

4.0

%

90,580

 

5.0

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of December 31,

 

2012

(In thousands)

 

Actual

 

For Capital
Adequacy
Purposes

 

To Be Well
Capitalized Under
Prompt Corrective
Action Provisions

 

 

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

Total Capital (to risk weighted assets)

 

$

140,487

 

13.7

%

$

82,155

 

8.0

%

$

102,693

 

10.0

%

Tier 1 Capital (to risk weighted assets)

 

127,630

 

12.4

%

41,077

 

4.0

%

61,616

 

6.0

%

Tier 1 Capital (to average assets)

 

127,630

 

8.1

%

63,132

 

4.0

%

78,915

 

5.0

%

 

16. PARENT COMPANY ONLY CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

Condensed financial information of Bridge Bancorp, Inc. (Parent Company only) follows:

 

Condensed Balance Sheets

 

December 31,

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

37,364

 

$

5,203

 

 

 

Other assets

 

299

 

199

 

 

 

Investment in the Bank

 

137,799

 

129,277

 

 

 

Total Assets

 

$

175,462

 

$

134,679

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Junior subordinated debentures

 

$

16,002

 

$

16,002

 

 

 

Other liabilities

 

 

5

 

 

 

Total Liabilities

 

16,002

 

16,007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Stockholders’ Equity

 

159,460

 

118,672

 

 

 

Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

 

$

175,462

 

$

134,679

 

 

 

 

Condensed Statements of Income

 

Years ended December 31,

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense

 

$

1,365

 

$

1,365

 

$

1,366

 

Non-interest expense

 

69

 

82

 

69

 

Loss before income taxes and equity in undistributed earnings of the Bank

 

(1,434

)

(1,447

)

(1,435

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income tax benefit

 

(483

)

(466

)

(445

)

Loss before equity in undistributed earnings of the Bank

 

(951

)

(981

)

(990

)

Equity in undistributed earnings of the Bank

 

14,044

 

13,753

 

11,349

 

Net income

 

$

13,093

 

$

12,772

 

$

10,359

 

 

 

Page -77-


Table of Contents

 

 

Condensed Statements of Cash Flows

 

Years ended December 31,

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

13,093

 

$

12,772

 

$

10,359

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity in undistributed earnings of the Bank

 

(14,044

)

(13,753

)

(11,349

)

(Increase) decrease in other assets

 

(100

)

(7

)

558

 

(Decrease) increase in other liabilities

 

(5

)

(227

)

198

 

Net cash used in operating activities

 

(1,056

)

(1,215

)

(234

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment in the Bank

 

(6,000

)

(7,000

)

(12,000

)

Cash in lieu of fractional shares for business acquisition

 

 

 

(3

)

Net cash used in investing activities

 

(6,000

)

(7,000

)

(12,003

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net proceeds from issuance of common stock

 

46,237

 

10,507

 

28,088

 

Net proceeds from exercise of stock options

 

4

 

 

 

Repurchase of surrendered stock from exercise of stock options and vesting of restricted stock awards

 

(291

)

(175

)

(128

)

Excess tax (expense) benefit from share based compensation

 

21

 

(18

)

(16

)

Cash dividends paid

 

(6,754

)

(9,898

)

(6,061

)

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

39,217

 

416

 

21,883

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

 

32,161

 

(7,799

)

9,646

 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

 

5,203

 

13,002

 

3,356

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

 

$

37,364

 

$

5,203

 

$

13,002

 

 

 

Page -78-


Table of Contents

 

 

17. OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

 

Other comprehensive income (loss) components and related income tax effects were as follows:

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized holding (losses) gains on available for sale securities

 

$

(23,771

)

$

(2,321

)

$

3,758

 

Reclassification adjustment for gains realized in income

 

(659

)

(2,647

)

(135

)

Income tax effect

 

9,698

 

1,972

 

(1,438

)

Net change in unrealized (loss) gain on available for sale securities

 

(14,732

)

(2,996

)

2,185

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in post-retirement obligation

 

3,162

 

425

 

(2,527

)

Income tax effect

 

(1,255

)

(169

)

1,003

 

Net change in post-retirement obligation

 

1,907

 

256

 

(1,524

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in fair value of derivatives used for cash flow hedges

 

12

 

(176

)

 

Reclassification adjustment for gains realized in income

 

 

 

 

Income tax effect

 

(5

)

70

 

 

Net change in unrealized gain (loss) on cash flow hedge

 

7

 

(106

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

(12,818

)

$

(2,846

)

$

661

 

 

The following is a summary of the accumulated other comprehensive income balances, net of income tax:

 

Details about Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

 

Balance as of
December 31,
2012

 

Current
Period
Change

 

Balance as of
December 31,
2013

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized gains (losses) on available for sale securities

 

$

2,738

 

$

(14,732

)

$

(11,994

)

Unrealized (losses) gains on pension benefits

 

(3,050

)

1,907

 

(1,143

)

Unrealized (losses) gains on cash flow hedges

 

(106

)

7

 

(99

)

Total

 

$

(418

)

$

(12,818

)

$

(13,236

)

 

The following represents the reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income for the year ended December 31, 2013:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Details about accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

 

 

Amount
Reclassified from
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income

 

Affected Line Item in the
Consolidated Statements of
Income

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Realized gain on sale of available for sale securities

 

$

659

 

Net securities gains

 

Income tax expense

 

 

(262

)

Income tax expense

 

Net of income tax

 

 

397

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amortization of defined benefit pension plan and the defined benefit plan component of the SERP:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Prior service credit (cost)

 

$

77

 

Salaries and employee benefits

 

Transition obligation

 

 

(28

)

Salaries and employee benefits

 

Actuarial losses

 

 

(340

)

Salaries and employee benefits

 

 

 

 

(291

)

 

 

Income tax benefit

 

 

116

 

 

 

Net of income tax

 

 

(175

)

Income tax expense

 

Total reclassifications, net of tax

 

$

222

 

 

 

 

 

Page -79-



Table of Contents

 

 

18. QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)

 

Selected Consolidated Quarterly Financial Data

 

2013 Quarter Ended,

 

March 31,

 

June 30,

 

September 30,

 

December 31,

 

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

$

13,731

 

$

14,108

 

$

14,913

 

$

15,678

 

Interest expense

 

1,803

 

1,802

 

1,865

 

1,802

 

Net interest income

 

11,928

 

12,306

 

13,048

 

13,876

 

Provision for loan losses

 

550

 

600

 

500

 

700

 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

 

11,378

 

11,706

 

12,548

 

13,176

 

Non-interest income

 

2,104

 

2,468

 

2,060

 

2,259

 

Non-interest expenses

 

8,908

 

9,355

 

9,861

 

9,813

 

Income before income taxes

 

4,574

 

4,819

 

4,747

 

5,622

 

Income tax expense

 

1,461

 

1,567

 

1,624

 

2,017

 

Net income

 

$

3,113

 

$

3,252

 

$

3,123

 

$

3,605

 

Basic earnings per share

 

$

0.35

 

$

0.36

 

$

0.34

 

$

0.32

 

Diluted earnings per share

 

$

0.35

 

$

0.36

 

$

0.34

 

$

0.32

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2012 Quarter Ended,

 

March 31,

 

June 30,

 

September 30,

 

December 31,

 

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

$

13,298

 

$

13,677

 

$

13,707

 

$

13,832

 

Interest expense

 

1,898

 

1,872

 

1,889

 

1,896

 

Net interest income

 

11,400

 

11,805

 

11,818

 

11,936

 

Provision for loan losses

 

825

 

2,500

 

600

 

1,075

 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

 

10,575

 

9,305

 

11,218

 

10,861

 

Non interest income

 

1,953

 

3,800

 

2,235

 

2,685

 

Non-interest expenses

 

8,221

 

8,567

 

8,479

 

8,513

 

Income before income taxes

 

4,307

 

4,538

 

4,974

 

5,033

 

Income tax expense

 

1,368

 

1,475

 

1,614

 

1,623

 

Net income

 

$

2,939

 

$

3,063

 

$

3,360

 

$

3,410

 

Basic earnings per share

 

$

0.35

 

$

0.36

 

$

0.39

 

$

0.39

 

Diluted earnings per share

 

$

0.35

 

$

0.36

 

$

0.39

 

$

0.39

 

 

19.  SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

 

On September 27, 2013, the Company entered into a definitive agreement to acquire FNBNY Bancorp and its wholly owned subsidiary, the First National Bank of New York (collectively “FNBNY”). On February 14, 2014, the Company acquired FNBNY at a purchase price of $6.1 million and issued an aggregate of 240,598 Bridge Bancorp shares in exchange for all the issued and outstanding stock of FNBNY. The purchase price is subject to certain post-closing adjustments equal to 60 percent of the net recoveries of principal on $6.3 million of certain identified problem loans over a two-year period after the acquisition.  As of February 14, 2014, FNBNY had total assets of $218 million, including $105 million in loans, funded by deposits of $169 million with three full-service branches, including the Company’s first two branches in Nassau County located in Merrick and Massapequa, and one in western Suffolk County located in Melville (unaudited).

 

The acquisition is being accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting in accordance with FASB ASC 805, “Business Combinations.” Accordingly, the assets acquired and liabilities assumed are being recorded at their respective acquisition date fair values, and identifiable intangible assets recorded at fair value. The operating results of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2013, do not include the operating results of FNBNY.

 

Given the initial accounting for this business combination is incomplete, management is not yet able to disclose the preliminary fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed.

 

 

Page -80-


Table of Contents

 

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

Audit Committee
Board of Directors
Bridge Bancorp, Inc.
Bridgehampton, New York

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Bridge Bancorp, Inc. as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2013. We also have audited Bridge Bancorp, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (1992) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Bridge Bancorp, Inc.’s management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the Report By Management On Internal Control Over Financial Reporting located in Item 9A. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements and an opinion on Bridge Bancorp, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control, based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Bridge Bancorp, Inc. as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2013 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, Bridge Bancorp, Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (1992) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

 

 

GRAPHIC

 

Crowe Horwath LLP

 

New York, New York
March 14, 2014

 

 

Page-81-


Table of Contents

 

 

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

 

None.

 

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

 

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

 

An evaluation was performed under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s management, including the Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) promulgated under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) as of December 31, 2013. Based on that evaluation, the Company’s Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of the end of the period covered by the annual report.

 

Report By Management On Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

 

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining an effective system of internal control over financial reporting. The Company’s system of internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. There are inherent limitations in the effectiveness of any system of internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of human error and circumvention or overriding of controls. Accordingly, even an effective system of internal control over financial reporting can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation. Projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risks that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

Management assessed the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013. This assessment was based on criteria for effective internal control over financial reporting described in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (1992) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this assessment, management believes that, as of December 31, 2013, the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting based on those criteria.

 

The Company’s independent registered public accounting firm that audited the financial statements that are included in this annual report on Form 10-K, has issued an attestation report on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. The attestation report of Crowe Horwath LLP appears on the previous page.

 

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

 

There has been no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended December 31, 2013, that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Item 9B. Other Information

 

None.

 

PART III

 

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

 

“Item 1 – Election of Directors,” “Compliance with Section 16 (a) of the Exchange Act,” and “Code of Ethics” set forth in the Registrant’s Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on May 2, 2014, are incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 11. Executive Compensation

 

“Compensation of Directors,” “Compensation of Executive Officers,” “Report of the Compensation Committee on Executive Compensation,” “Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation,” and “Employment Contracts and Severance Agreements” set forth in the Registrant’s Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on May 2, 2014, are incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

Page -82-


Table of Contents

 

 

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

 

“Beneficial Ownership” and “Item 1 – Election of Directors”, set forth in the Registrant’s Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on May 2, 2014, are incorporated herein by reference.

 

Set forth below is certain information as of December 31, 2013, regarding the Company’s equity compensation plans that have been approved by stockholders.

 

Equity Compensation
Plan approved by
Stockholders

 

Number of securities to
be Issued upon
Exercise
of outstanding options
and awards

 

Weighted Average
Exercise Price with
respect to
Outstanding
Stock Options

 

Number of Securities
Remaining Available
for

Issuance under the Plan

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1996 Equity Incentive Plan

 

6,966

 

$

27.12

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2006 Equity Incentive Plan

 

186,602

 

$

25.25

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2012 Equity Incentive Plan

 

80,186

 

 

740,125

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

273,754

 

$

25.54

 

740,125

 

 

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

 

“Certain Relationships and Related Transactions”, and “Director Nominations” set forth in the Registrant’s Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on May 2, 2014 is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

 

“Item 2 - Ratification of the Appointment of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” “Fees Paid to Crowe Horwath,” and “Policy on Audit Committee Pre-approval of Audit and Non-audit Services of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” set forth in the Registrant’s Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on May 2, 2014, is incorporated herein by reference.

 

PART IV

 

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

 

(a) The following Consolidated Financial Statements, including notes thereto, and financial schedules of the Company, required in response to this item are included in Part II, Item 8.

 

1.         Financial Statements

Page No.

 

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets

36

Consolidated Statements of Income

37

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

38

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

39

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

40

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

41

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

81

 

 

2.         Financial Statement Schedules

 

 

Financial Statement Schedules have been omitted because they are not applicable or the required information is shown in the Consolidated Financial Statements or Notes thereto under Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

 

3.         Exhibits.

 

 

 

See Index of Exhibits on page 85.

 

 

 

Page -83-


Table of Contents

 

 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

 

BRIDGE BANCORP, INC.

 

 

 

Registrant

 

 

 

 

 

 

March 14, 2014

/s/ Kevin M. O’Connor

 

 

 

Kevin M. O’Connor

 

 

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

March 14, 2014

/s/ Howard H. Nolan

 

 

 

Howard H. Nolan

 

 

 

Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Financial

 

 

 

Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

March 14, 2014

/s/ Lisa A. DiIorio

 

 

 

Lisa A. DiIorio

 

 

 

Vice President, Controller

 

 

 

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

March 14, 2014

/s/ Marcia Z. Hefter

 

,Director

 

Marcia Z. Hefter

 

 

 

 

 

 

March 14, 2014

/s/ Dennis A. Suskind

 

,Director

 

Dennis A. Suskind

 

 

 

 

 

 

March 14, 2014

/s/ Kevin M. O’Connor

 

,Director

 

Kevin M. O’Connor

 

 

 

 

 

 

March 14, 2014

/s/ Emanuel Arturi

 

,Director

 

Emanuel Arturi

 

 

 

 

 

 

March 14, 2014

/s/ Antonia M. Donohue

 

,Director

 

Antonia M. Donohue

 

 

 

 

 

 

March 14, 2014

/s/ Charles I. Massoud

 

,Director

 

Charles I. Massoud

 

 

 

 

 

 

March 14, 2014

/s/ Albert E. McCoy Jr.

 

,Director

 

Albert E. McCoy Jr.

 

 

 

 

 

 

March 14, 2014

/s/ Howard H. Nolan

 

,Director

 

Howard H. Nolan

 

 

 

 

 

 

March 14, 2014

/s/ Rudolph J. Santoro

 

,Director

 

Rudolph J. Santoro

 

 

 

 

 

 

March 14, 2014

/s/ Thomas J. Tobin

 

,Director

 

Thomas J. Tobin

 

 

 

 

 

 

March 14, 2014

/s/ Raymond A. Nielsen

 

,Director

 

Raymond A. Nielsen

 

 

 

 

Page -84-


Table of Contents

 

 

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit Number

 

Description of Exhibit

 

Exhibit

 

 

 

 

 

3.1

 

Certificate of Incorporation of the registrant (incorporated by reference to Registrant’s amended Form 10, File No. 0-18546, filed October 15, 1990)

 

*

 

 

 

 

 

3.1(i)

 

Certificate of Amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant (incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Form 10, File No. 0-18546, filed August 13, 1999)

 

*

 

 

 

 

 

3.1(ii)

 

Certificate of Amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant (incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement, File No. 0-18546, filed November 18, 2008)

 

*

 

 

 

 

 

3.2

 

Revised By-laws of the Registrant (incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Form 8-K, File No. 0-18546, filed December 17, 2007)

 

*

 

 

 

 

 

10.1

 

Amended and Restated Employment Contract - Thomas J. Tobin (incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Form 8-K, File No. 0-18546, filed October 9, 2007)

 

*

 

 

 

 

 

10.2

 

Amended and Restated Employment Contract – Howard H. Nolan (incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Form 8-K, File No. 0-18546, filed June 27, 2012)

 

*

 

 

 

 

 

10.3

 

Employment Contract – Kevin M. O’Connor (incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Form 8-K, File No. 0-18546, filed October 9, 2007)

 

*

 

 

 

 

 

10.5

 

Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Form S-8, File No. 0-18546, filed August 14, 2006)

 

*

 

 

 

 

 

10.6

 

Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (Revised for 409A) (incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Form 10-K, File No. 0-18546, filed March 14, 2008)

 

*

 

 

 

 

 

10.7

 

Agreement and Plan of Merger by and between Bridge Bancorp, Inc., and FNBNY Bancorp, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Form 8-K, File No. 001-34096, filed September 30, 2013)

 

*

 

 

 

 

 

23

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31.1

 

Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31.2

 

Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

32.1

 

Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(b) and U.S.C. Section 1350

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101

 

The following financial statements from Bridge Bancorp, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the Year Ended December 31, 2013, filed on March 14, 2014, formatted in XBRL: (i) Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, (ii) Consolidated Statements of Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, (iii) Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, (iv) Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, (v) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, and (vi) the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

 

101.INS

 

XBRL Instance Document

 

 

101.SCH

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document

 

 

101.CAL

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document

 

 

101.LAB

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Labels Linkbase Document

 

 

101.PRE

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

 

 

101.DEF

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definitions Linkbase Document

 

 

 

*              Denotes incorporated by reference.

 

 

Page -85-